Super Multi NX Cseries PDF

SiE12-411
Service
Manual
C-Series
[Applied Models]
!Inverter Multi : Cooling Only
!Inverter Multi : Heat Pump
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

SiE12-411
SUPER MULTI NX
C-Series
!Cooling Only
Indoor Unit
FTKE25BVM FTKE25BVMA FTKS20CVMB(9) FLKS25BVMB
FTKE35BVM FTKE35BVMA FTKS25CVMB(9)(8) FLKS35BVMB
FTKD50BVM FTKD50BVMA FTKS35CVMB(9)(8) FLKS50BVMB
FTKD60BVM FTKD60BVMA FTKS50BVMB FLKS60BVMB
FTKD71BVM FTKD71BVMA FTKS60BVMB FVKS25BVMB
CDKD25CVM CDKD25CVMA FTKS71BVMB FVKS35BVMB
CDKD35CVM CDKD35CVMA CDKS25CVMB FVKS50BVMB
CDKD50CVM CDKD50CVMA CDKS35CVMB
CDKD60CVM CDKD60CVMA CDKS50CVMB
FLK25AVMA CDKS60CVMB
FLK35AVMA
FLK50AVMA
FLK60AVMA
Outdoor Unit
2MKD58BVM 3MKD75BVMA 3MKS50BVMB(8)
3MKD58BVM 4MKD90BVMA 4MKS58BVMB(8)
3MKD75BVM 4MKS75BVMB
4MKD75BVM 4MKS90BVMB
4MKD90BVM
!Heat Pump
Indoor Unit
FTXE25BVMA FTXS20CVMB(9) FLXS25BVMB FTXS25BVMA
FTXE35BVMA FTXS25CVMB(9)(8) FLXS35BVMB FTXS35BVMA
FTXD50BVMA FTXS35CVMB(9)(8) FLXS50BVMB FTXS50BVMA
FTXD60BVMA FTXS50BVMB FLXS60BVMB FTXS60BVMA
FTXD71BVMA FTXS60BVMB FVXS25BVMB FTXS71BVMA
CDXD25CVMA FTXS71BVMB FVXS35BVMB CDXS25CVMA
CDXD35CVMA ATXS20CVMB(9) FVXS50BVMB CDXS35CVMA
CDXD50CVMA ATXS25CVMB(9) CDXS50CVMA
CDXD60CVMA ATXS35CVMB(9) CDXS60CVMA
FLX25AVMA ATXS50CVMB FLXS25BVMA
FLX35AVMA CDXS25CVMB FLXS35BVMA
CDXS60CVMB FVXS35BVMA
FVXS50BVMA
Outdoor Unit
3MXD68BVMA 3MXS52BVMB(8) 3AMXS52BVMB 4MXS80CVMA
4MXD80BVMA 4MXS68BVMB9
4MXS80BVMB9
Table of Contents i
SiE12-411
1. Introduction ........................................................................................... vii

1.1 Safety Cautions ...................................................................................... vii
Part 1 List of Functions ................................................................ 1

1. List of Functions ......................................................................................2
1.1 Cooling Only Models ................................................................................2
1.2 Heat Pump Models...................................................................................8
Part 2 Specifications .................................................................. 17

1. Specifications ........................................................................................18
1.1 Indoor Units - Cooling Only ....................................................................18
1.2 Outdoor Units - Cooling Only .................................................................30
1.3 Indoor Units - Heat Pump.......................................................................36
1.4 Outdoor Units - Heat Pump ....................................................................51
Part 3 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram ........... 57

1. Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram..................................58
1.1 Wall Mounted Type 20 / 25 / 35 Class ...................................................58
1.3 Duct Connected Type.............................................................................63
1.4 Floor / Ceiling Suspended Dual Type.....................................................64
1.5 Floor Standing Type ...............................................................................66
1.6 Outdoor Units .........................................................................................68
Part 4 Function and Control........................................................ 69

1. Main Functions......................................................................................70
1.1 Frequency Principle................................................................................70
1.2 Power-Airflow Dual Flaps, Wide Angle Louvers and Auto-Swing ..........72
1.3 Fan Speed Control for Indoor Units........................................................73
1.4 Programme Dry Function .......................................................................74
1.5 Automatic Operation...............................................................................75
1.6 Night Set Mode.......................................................................................76
1.7 Intelligent Eye.........................................................................................77
1.8 Home Leave Operation ..........................................................................79
1.9 Inverter Powerful Operation ...................................................................80
1.10 Other Functions......................................................................................81
2. Function of Main Structural Parts..........................................................83
2.1 Main Structural Parts..............................................................................83
2.2 Function of Thermistor ...........................................................................84
3. Control Specification .............................................................................88
3.1 Mode Hierarchy ......................................................................................88
3.2 Frequency Control..................................................................................89
3.3 Controls at Mode Changing / Start-up....................................................91
3.4 Discharge Pipe Control ..........................................................................92
3.5 Input Current Control..............................................................................92
3.6 Freeze-up Protection Control .................................................................93
3.7 Heating Peak-cut Control .......................................................................93
3.8 Fan Control.............................................................................................94
3.9 Moisture Protection Function 2...............................................................94
ii Table of Contents
SiE12-411
3.10 Defrost Control .......................................................................................95

3.11 Low Hz High Pressure Limit ...................................................................95
3.12 Electronic Expansion Valve Control .......................................................96
3.13 Malfunctions .........................................................................................101
3.14 Forced Operation Mode .......................................................................102
3.15 Wiring-Error Check...............................................................................103
3.16 Additional Function...............................................................................105
Part 5 System Configuration..................................................... 107

1. System Configuration..........................................................................108
1.1 Operation Instructions ..........................................................................108
2. Instruction............................................................................................109
2.1 Contents and Reference Page .............................................................109
2.2 Safety Precautions ...............................................................................110
2.3 Names of Parts.....................................................................................112
2.4 Preparation before Operation...............................................................124
2.5 AUTO · DRY · COOL · HEAT · FAN Operation ....................................127
2.6 Adjusting the Air Flow Direction ...........................................................129
2.7 POWERFUL Operation ........................................................................135
2.8 OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT Operation ...................................................136
2.9 HOME LEAVE Operation .....................................................................137
2.10 INTELLIGENT EYE Operation .............................................................139
2.11 TIMER Operation .................................................................................143
2.12 Note for Multi System ...........................................................................145
2.13 Care and Cleaning ...............................................................................147
2.14 Troubleshooting....................................................................................157
Part 6 Service Diagnosis........................................................... 161

1. Caution for Diagnosis..........................................................................162
1.1 Troubleshooting with the Operation Lamp ...........................................162
2. Problem Symptoms and Measures .....................................................164
3. Service Check Function ......................................................................165
4. Code Indication on the Remote Controller ..........................................166
4.1 Error Codes and Description of Fault ...................................................166
5. Troubleshooting ..................................................................................167
5.1 Indoor Units ..........................................................................................167
5.2 Outdoor Units .......................................................................................168
5.3 Indoor Unit PCB Abnormality ...............................................................169
5.4 Freeze-up Protection Control or High Pressure Control.......................170
5.5 Fan Motor or Related Abnormality .......................................................172
5.6 Thermistor or Related Abnormality (Indoor Unit)..................................175
5.7 Shutter Drive Motor / Shutter Limit Switch Abnormality .......................176
5.8 Signal Transmission Error (between Indoor and Outdoor Units)..........177
5.9 Unspecified Voltage (between Indoor and Outdoor Units) ...................178
5.10 Freeze-up Protection Control ...............................................................179
5.11 OL Activation (Compressor Overload) .................................................181
5.12 Compressor Lock .................................................................................182
5.13 DC Fan Lock ........................................................................................183
5.14 Input Over Current Detection ...............................................................184
5.15 Four Way Valve Abnormality................................................................186
Table of Contents iii

SiE12-411
5.16 Discharge Pipe Temperature Control...................................................188

5.17 Position Sensor Abnormality ................................................................189
5.18 CT or Related Abnormality ...................................................................190
5.19 Thermistor or Related Abnormality (Outdoor Unit)...............................192
5.20 Electrical Box Temperature Rise..........................................................194
5.21 Radiation Fin Temperature Rise ..........................................................196
5.22 Output Over Current Detection.............................................................198
5.23 Insufficient Gas.....................................................................................200
5.24 Low-voltage Detection..........................................................................202
5.25 Anti-icing Function in Other Rooms / Unspecified Voltage
(between Indoor and Outdoor Units) ....................................................203
6. Check ..................................................................................................204
6.1 How to Check .......................................................................................204
Part 7 Removal Procedure ........................................................ 215

1. Outdoor Unit (80 / 90 Class) ...............................................................216
1.1 Removal of Outer Panels .....................................................................216
1.2 Removal of Propeller Fans...................................................................219
1.3 Removal of Electrical Box ....................................................................220
1.4 Removal of PCB...................................................................................227
1.5 Removal of Fan Motor..........................................................................230
1.6 Removal of Electronic Expansion Valve and Thermistor .....................232
1.7 Removal of Sound Insulation and Reactor...........................................233
1.8 Removal of Shunt.................................................................................235
1.9 Removal of Solenoid Valve and Four Way Valve.................................236
1.10 Removal of Compressor.......................................................................238
2. Outdoor Unit (50 / 52 / 58 / 68 / 75 Class) ..........................................240
2.2 Removal of Electrical BOX ...................................................................241
2.3 Removal of PCB...................................................................................245
2.5 Removal of Sound Insulation ...............................................................249
2.6 Removal of Four Way Valve Coil, Solenoid Valve Coil,
Electronic Expansion Valve Coil and Thermistor .................................250
2.7 Removal of Four Way Valve, Solenoid Valve and Shunt .....................252
2.8 Removal of Solenoid Valve and Shunt.................................................253
Part 8 Others ............................................................................. 255

1. Others .................................................................................................256
1.1 Test Run from the Remote Controller ..................................................256
1.2 Jumper Settings ...................................................................................257
Part 9 Appendix......................................................................... 259

1. Piping Diagrams..................................................................................260
1.1 Indoor Units ..........................................................................................260
1.2 Outdoor Units .......................................................................................266
2. Wiring Diagrams..................................................................................273
2.1 Indoor Units ..........................................................................................273
2.2 Outdoor Units .......................................................................................276
iv Table of Contents
SiE12-411
Index ............................................................................................. i
Drawings & Flow Charts ................................................................ v
Table of Contents v
SiE12-411
vi Table of Contents
SiE12-411 Introduction
1. Introduction
1.1 Safety Cautions
Cautions and " Be sure to read the following safety cautions before conducting repair work.
Warnings " The caution items are classified into “ Warning” and “ Caution”. The “ Warning”
items are especially important since they can lead to death or serious injury if they are not
followed closely. The “ Caution” items can also lead to serious accidents under some
conditions if they are not followed. Therefore, be sure to observe all the safety caution items
described below.
" About the pictograms
This symbol indicates an item for which caution must be exercised.
The pictogram shows the item to which attention must be paid.
This symbol indicates a prohibited action.
The prohibited item or action is shown inside or near the symbol.
This symbol indicates an action that must be taken, or an instruction.
The instruction is shown inside or near the symbol.
" After the repair work is complete, be sure to conduct a test operation to ensure that the
equipment operates normally, and explain the cautions for operating the product to the
customer.
1.1.1 Caution in Repair

Warning
Be sure to disconnect the power cable plug from the plug socket before
disassembling the equipment for a repair.
Working on the equipment that is connected to a power supply can cause an
electrical shook.
If it is necessary to supply power to the equipment to conduct the repair or
inspecting the circuits, do not touch any electrically charged sections of the
equipment.
If the refrigerant gas discharges during the repair work, do not touch the
discharging refrigerant gas.
The refrigerant gas can cause frostbite.
When disconnecting the suction or discharge pipe of the compressor at the

welded section, release the refrigerant gas completely at a well-ventilated
place first.
If there is a gas remaining inside the compressor, the refrigerant gas or
refrigerating machine oil discharges when the pipe is disconnected, and it can
cause injury.
If the refrigerant gas leaks during the repair work, ventilate the area. The
refrigerant gas can generate toxic gases when it contacts flames.
The step-up capacitor supplies high-voltage electricity to the electrical

components of the outdoor unit.
Be sure to discharge the capacitor completely before conducting repair work.
A charged capacitor can cause an electrical shock.
Do not start or stop the air conditioner operation by plugging or unplugging the
power cable plug.
Plugging or unplugging the power cable plug to operate the equipment can
cause an electrical shock or fire.
vii
Introduction SiE12-411
Caution
Do not repair the electrical components with wet hands.
Working on the equipment with wet hands can cause an electrical shock.
Do not clean the air conditioner by splashing water.

Washing the unit with water can cause an electrical shock.
Be sure to provide the grounding when repairing the equipment in a humid or

wet place, to avoid electrical shocks.
Be sure to turn off the power switch and unplug the power cable when cleaning
the equipment.
The internal fan rotates at a high speed, and cause injury.
Do not tilt the unit when removing it.

The water inside the unit can spill and wet the furniture and floor.
Be sure to check that the refrigerating cycle section has cooled down
sufficiently before conducting repair work.
Working on the unit when the refrigerating cycle section is hot can cause burns.
Use the welder in a well-ventilated place.
Using the welder in an enclosed room can cause oxygen deficiency.
1.1.2 Cautions Regarding Products after Repair

Warning
Be sure to use parts listed in the service parts list of the applicable model and
appropriate tools to conduct repair work. Never attempt to modify the
equipment.
The use of inappropriate parts or tools can cause an electrical shock,
excessive heat generation or fire.
When relocating the equipment, make sure that the new installation site has
sufficient strength to withstand the weight of the equipment.
If the installation site does not have sufficient strength and if the installation
work is not conducted securely, the equipment can fall and cause injury.
Be sure to install the product correctly by using the provided standard For integral units
installation frame. only
Incorrect use of the installation frame and improper installation can cause the
equipment to fall, resulting in injury.
Be sure to install the product securely in the installation frame mounted on a For integral units
window frame. only
If the unit is not securely mounted, it can fall and cause injury.
viii
SiE12-411 Introduction
Warning
Be sure to use an exclusive power circuit for the equipment, and follow the
technical standards related to the electrical equipment, the internal wiring
regulations and the instruction manual for installation when conducting
electrical work.
Insufficient power circuit capacity and improper electrical work can cause an
electrical shock or fire.
Be sure to use the specified cable to connect between the indoor and outdoor
units. Make the connections securely and route the cable properly so that there
is no force pulling the cable at the connection terminals.
Improper connections can cause excessive heat generation or fire.
When connecting the cable between the indoor and outdoor units, make sure
that the terminal cover does not lift off or dismount because of the cable.
If the cover is not mounted properly, the terminal connection section can cause
an electrical shock, excessive heat generation or fire.
Do not damage or modify the power cable.
Damaged or modified power cable can cause an electrical shock or fire.
Placing heavy items on the power cable, and heating or pulling the power cable
can damage the cable.
Do not mix air or gas other than the specified refrigerant (R410A / R22) in the
refrigerant system.
If air enters the refrigerating system, an excessively high pressure results,
causing equipment damage and injury.
If the refrigerant gas leaks, be sure to locate the leak and repair it before
charging the refrigerant. After charging refrigerant, make sure that there is no
refrigerant leak.
If the leak cannot be located and the repair work must be stopped, be sure to
perform pump-down and close the service valve, to prevent the refrigerant gas
from leaking into the room. The refrigerant gas itself is harmless, but it can
generate toxic gases when it contacts flames, such as fan and other heaters,
stoves and ranges.
When replacing the coin battery in the remote controller, be sure to disposed
of the old battery to prevent children from swallowing it.
If a child swallows the coin battery, see a doctor immediately.
Caution
Installation of a leakage breaker is necessary in some cases depending on the
conditions of the installation site, to prevent electrical shocks.
Do not install the equipment in a place where there is a possibility of
combustible gas leaks.
If a combustible gas leaks and remains around the unit, it can cause a fire.
Be sure to install the packing and seal on the installation frame properly. For integral units
If the packing and seal are not installed properly, water can enter the room and only
wet the furniture and floor.
1.1.3 Inspection after Repair

Warning
Check to make sure that the power cable plug is not dirty or loose, then insert
the plug into a power outlet all the way.
If the plug has dust or loose connection, it can cause an electrical shock or fire.
If the power cable and lead wires have scratches or deteriorated, be sure to
replace them.
Damaged cable and wires can cause an electrical shock, excessive heat
generation or fire.
ix
Introduction SiE12-411
Warning
Do not use a joined power cable or extension cable, or share the same power
outlet with other electrical appliances, since it can cause an electrical shock,
excessive heat generation or fire.
Caution
Check to see if the parts and wires are mounted and connected properly, and
if the connections at the soldered or crimped terminals are secure.
Improper installation and connections can cause excessive heat generation,
fire or an electrical shock.
If the installation platform or frame has corroded, replace it.
Corroded installation platform or frame can cause the unit to fall, resulting in
injury.
Check the grounding, and repair it if the equipment is not properly grounded.
Improper grounding can cause an electrical shock.
Be sure to measure the insulation resistance after the repair, and make sure
that the resistance is 1 Mohm or higher.
Faulty insulation can cause an electrical shock.
Be sure to check the drainage of the indoor unit after the repair.
Faulty drainage can cause the water to enter the room and wet the furniture
and floor.
1.1.4 Using Icons

Icons are used to attract the attention of the reader to specific information. The meaning of each
icon is described in the table below:
1.1.5 Using Icons List

Icon Type of Description
Information
Note A “note” provides information that is not indispensable, but may
nevertheless be valuable to the reader, such as tips and tricks.
Note:
Caution A “caution” is used when there is danger that the reader, through
incorrect manipulation, may damage equipment, loose data, get
Caution an unexpected result or has to restart (part of) a procedure.
Warning A “warning” is used when there is danger of personal injury.

Warning
Reference A “reference” guides the reader to other places in this binder or

in this manual, where he/she will find additional information on a
specific topic.
x
SiE12-411
Part 1
List of Functions
1. List of Functions ......................................................................................2
1.1 Cooling Only Models ................................................................................2
1.2 Heat Pump Models...................................................................................8
List of Functions 1
List of Functions SiE12-411
1. List of Functions
1.1 Cooling Only Models
1.1.1 R22 Series
CDKD25-60CVM
CDKD25-60CVM
FTKD50-71BVM
FTKD50-71BVM
FTKE25/35BVM
FTKE25/35BVM
Category Functions Category Functions
Basic Inverter (with Inverter Power Control) Health & Air Purifying Filter with Bacteriostatic &
# # # # — —
Function Clean Virustatic Functions
Operation Limit for Cooling (°CDB) — — — Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter # — —
Operation Limit for Heating (°CWB) Air Purifying Filter with Photocatalytic
— — — — # —
Deodorizing Function
PAM Control — — — Longlife Filter — — —
Compressor Oval Scroll Compressor — — — Ultra-Longlife Filter (Option) — — —
Swing Compressor — — — Mould Proof Air Filter # # —
Rotary Compressor — — — Wipe-clean Flat Panel # # —
Reluctance DC Motor — — — Washable Grille — — —
Comfortable Power-Airflow Flap — — — Filter Cleaning Indicator — — —
Airflow
Power-Airflow Dual Flaps # # — Good-Sleep Cooling Operation — — —
Power-Airflow Diffuser — — — Timer 24-Hour On/Off Timer # # #
Wide-Angle Louvers — # — Night Set Mode # # #
Vertical Auto-Swing (Up and Down) # # — Worry Free Auto-Restart (after Power Failure) # # #
“Reliability &
Horizontal Auto-Swing (Right and Left) — # — Durability” Self-Diagnosis (Digital, LED) Display # # #
H H H
3-D Airflow — # — Wiring-Error Check — — —
3-Step Airflow (H/P Only) — — — Anticorrosion Treatment of Outdoor — — —
Heat Exchanger
Comfort Auto Fan Speed Flexibility Multi-Split / Split Type Compatible
# # # # # —
Control Indoor Unit
Indoor Unit Silent Operation # # # Flexible Voltage Correspondence # # #
Night Quiet Mode (Automatic) — — — High Ceiling Application — — —
Outdoor Unit Silent Operation — — — Chargeless — — —
(Manual)
Intelligent Eye # # — Power-Selection — — —
Quick Warming Function — — — Remote 5-Rooms Centralized Controller # # #
Control (Option)
Hot-Start Function Remote Control Adaptor
— — — # # #
(Normal Open-Pulse Contact)(Option)
Automatic Defrosting Remote Control Adaptor
— — — (Normal Open Contact)(Option) # # #
Operation Automatic Operation — — — Dlll-NET Compatible (Adaptor)(Option) # # #

Programme Dry Function # # # Remote Wireless # # #
Controller
Fan Only # # # Wired — — —
Lifestyle New Powerful Operation — — —
Convenience (Non-Inverter)
Inverter Powerful Operation # # #
Priority-Room Setting — — —
Cooling / Heating Mode Lock — — —
Home Leave Operation # # #
Indoor Unit On/Off Switch # # #
Signal Reception Indicator # # #
Temperature Display — — —
Another Room Operation — — —
Note: # : Holding Functions H : Digital Only
— : No Functions
2 List of Functions
SiE12-411 List of Functions
3MKD58·75BVM
4MKD75·90BVM
3MKD58·75BVM
4MKD75·90BVM
FLK25-60AVMA
FLK25-60AVMA
2MKD58BVM
2MKD58BVM
Basic Inverter (with Inverter Power Control) # # Health & Air Purifying Filter with Bacteriostatic & # —
Operation Limit for Cooling (°CDB) 10 Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter
— ~ # —
46
— — — —
PAM Control — # Longlife Filter — —
Compressor Oval Scroll Compressor — — Ultra-Longlife Filter (Option) — —
Swing Compressor — # Mould Proof Air Filter # —
Rotary Compressor — — Wipe-clean Flat Panel — —
Reluctance DC Motor — # Washable Grille — —
Comfortable Power-Airflow Flap — — Filter Cleaning Indicator — —
Airflow
Power-Airflow Dual Flaps — — Good-Sleep Cooling Operation — —
Power-Airflow Diffuser — — Timer 24-Hour On/Off Timer # —
Wide-Angle Louvers — — Night Set Mode # —
Vertical Auto-Swing (Up and Down) # — Worry Free Auto-Restart (after Power Failure) # —
“Reliability &
Horizontal Auto-Swing (Right and Left) — — Durability” Self-Diagnosis (Digital, LED) Display #H #
3-D Airflow — — Wiring-Error Check — #
3-Step Airflow (H/P Only) Anticorrosion Treatment of Outdoor
— — — #
Heat Exchanger
Control # — Indoor Unit # —
Indoor Unit Silent Operation # — Flexible Voltage Correspondence # #

Night Quiet Mode (Automatic) — # High Ceiling Application — —
Outdoor Unit Silent Operation Chargeless
— # — #
(Manual)
Intelligent Eye — — Power-Selection — —
Quick Warming Function Remote 5-Rooms Centralized Controller
— — # —
Control (Option)
— — (Normal Open-Pulse Contact)(Option) # —
Automatic Defrosting — — Remote Control Adaptor # —

(Normal Open Contact)(Option)
Operation Automatic Operation — — Dlll-NET Compatible (Adaptor)(Option) # —
Programme Dry Function # — Remote Wireless # —
Controller
Fan Only # — Wired — —
Lifestyle New Powerful Operation
— —
Inverter Powerful Operation # —
Priority-Room Setting — #
Cooling / Heating Mode Lock — —
Home Leave Operation # —
Indoor Unit On/Off Switch # —
Signal Reception Indicator # —
Temperature Display — —
Another Room Operation — —
— : No Functions
List of Functions 3
CDKD25-60CVMA
CDKD25-60CVMA
FTKD50-71BVMA
FTKD50-71BVMA
FTKE25/35BVMA
FTKE25/35BVMA
# # # # — —
— — — — # —
Airflow
Wide-Angle Louvers — # — Night Set Mode # # #
“Reliability &
Horizontal Auto-Swing (Right and Left) — # — Durability” Self-Diagnosis (Digital, LED) Display # # #
H H H
3-Step Airflow (H/P Only) — — — Anticorrosion Treatment of Outdoor — — —
Heat Exchanger
# # # # # —
Control Indoor Unit
Outdoor Unit Silent Operation — — — Chargeless — — —
(Manual)
Quick Warming Function — — — Remote 5-Rooms Centralized Controller # # #
Control (Option)
— — — # # #
— — — (Normal Open Contact)(Option) # # #

Controller
Lifestyle New Powerful Operation — — —
— : No Functions
4 List of Functions
3MKD75BVMA
4MKD90BVMA
3MKD75BVMA
4MKD90BVMA
Basic Inverter (with Inverter Power Control) # Health & Air Purifying Filter with Bacteriostatic & —
Operation Limit for Cooling (°CDB) 10 Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter
~ —
46
— —
PAM Control # Longlife Filter —
Compressor Oval Scroll Compressor — Ultra-Longlife Filter (Option) —
Swing Compressor # Mould Proof Air Filter —
Rotary Compressor — Wipe-clean Flat Panel —
Reluctance DC Motor # Washable Grille —
Comfortable Power-Airflow Flap — Filter Cleaning Indicator —
Airflow
Power-Airflow Dual Flaps — Good-Sleep Cooling Operation —
Power-Airflow Diffuser — Timer 24-Hour On/Off Timer —
Wide-Angle Louvers — Night Set Mode —
Vertical Auto-Swing (Up and Down) — Worry Free Auto-Restart (after Power Failure) —
“Reliability &
Horizontal Auto-Swing (Right and Left) — Durability” Self-Diagnosis (Digital, LED) Display #
3-D Airflow — Wiring-Error Check #
3-Step Airflow (H/P Only) Anticorrosion Treatment of Outdoor Heat
— #
Exchanger
Comfort Auto Fan Speed — Flexibility Multi-Split / Split Type Compatible Indoor Unit —
Control
Indoor Unit Silent Operation — Flexible Voltage Correspondence #
Night Quiet Mode (Automatic) # High Ceiling Application —
Outdoor Unit Silent Operation (Manual) # Chargeless #
Intelligent Eye — Power-Selection —
Quick Warming Function — Remote 5-Rooms Centralized Controller (Option) —
Control
— (Normal Open-Pulse Contact)(Option) —
Automatic Defrosting — Remote Control Adaptor —

Operation Automatic Operation — Dlll-NET Compatible (Adaptor)(Option) —
Programme Dry Function — Remote Wireless —
Controller
Fan Only — Wired —
—
Inverter Powerful Operation —
Priority-Room Setting #
Cooling / Heating Mode Lock —
Home Leave Operation —
Indoor Unit On/Off Switch —
Signal Reception Indicator —
Temperature Display —
Another Room Operation —
— : No Functions
List of Functions 5
1.1.2 R410A Series
FTKS20-35CVMB(9)(8)
FTKS20-35CVMB(9)(8)
CDKS25-60CVMB
CDKS25-60CVMB
FTKS50-71BVMB
FTKS50-71BVMB
Function # # # Clean Virustatic Functions — — —
Operation Limit for Cooling (°CDB) — — — Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter — — —

— — — Deodorizing Function # # —

Swing Compressor — — — Mould Proof Air Filter # # #
Airflow
Wide-Angle Louvers # # — Night Set Mode # # #
“Reliability &
Horizontal Auto-Swing (Right and Left) Self-Diagnosis (Digital, LED) Display # # #
— # — Durability”
H H H
— — — — — —
Heat Exchanger
Control # # # Indoor Unit # # —

— — — — — —
(Manual)
— — — # # #
Control (Option)
— — — (Normal Open-Pulse Contact)(Option) # # #
Automatic Defrosting — — — Remote Control Adaptor # # #

Controller
— — —
— : No Functions
6 List of Functions
4MKS75·90BVMB
4MKS75·90BVMB
FVKS25-50BVMB
FVKS25-50BVMB
FLKS25-60BVMB
FLKS25-60BVMB
3MKS50BVMB(8)
4MKS58BVMB(8)
3MKS50BVMB(8)
4MKS58BVMB(8)
Basic Inverter (with Inverter Power Control) Health & Air Purifying Filter with Bacteriostatic
Function # # # Clean & Virustatic Functions # # —
Operation Limit for Cooling (°CDB) –10 Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter

— — ~ # # —
46
Operation Limit for Heating (°CWB) — — — Air Purifying Filter with — — —
Photocatalytic Deodorizing Function
PAM Control — — # Longlife Filter — — —
Swing Compressor — — # Mould Proof Air Filter # # —
Rotary Compressor — — — Wipe-clean Flat Panel — — —
Reluctance DC Motor — — # Washable Grille — # —
Airflow
Power-Airflow Dual Flaps — — — Good-Sleep Cooling Operation — — —
Power-Airflow Diffuser — — — Timer 24-Hour On/Off Timer # # —
Wide-Angle Louvers — # — Night Set Mode # # —
Vertical Auto-Swing (Up and Down) # # — Worry Free Auto-Restart (after Power Failure) # # —
“Reliability &
Horizontal Auto-Swing (Right and Left) Self-Diagnosis (Digital, LED) Display # #
— — — Durability”
H H #
3-D Airflow — — — Wiring-Error Check — — #

— — — Heat Exchanger — — #
Comfort Auto Fan Speed # # — Flexibility Multi-Split / Split Type Compatible # # —

Control Indoor Unit
Indoor Unit Silent Operation # # — Flexible Voltage Correspondence # # #
Night Quiet Mode (Automatic) — — # High Ceiling Application — — —
(Manual) — — # — — #
Intelligent Eye — — — Power-Selection — — —

— — — Control (Option) # # —

— — — (Normal Open-Pulse # # —
Contact)(Option)
Automatic Defrosting — — — Remote Control Adaptor # # —
Operation Automatic Operation — — — Dlll-NET Compatible (Adaptor)(Option) # # —
Programme Dry Function # # — Remote Wireless # # —
Controller
Fan Only # # — Wired — — —
— — —
Inverter Powerful Operation # # —
Priority-Room Setting — — #
Home Leave Operation # # —
Indoor Unit On/Off Switch # # —
Signal Reception Indicator # # —
— : No Functions
List of Functions 7
1.2 Heat Pump Models

1.2.1 R22 Series
CDXD25-60CVMA
CDXD25-60CVMA
FTXD50-71BVMA
FTXD50-71BVMA
FTXE25/35BVMA
FTXE25/35BVMA
Function # # # Clean Virustatic Functions # — —

— — — Deodorizing Function — # —

Airflow
“Reliability &
H H H
— — — — — —
Heat Exchanger

— — — — — —
(Manual)
— — — # # #
Control (Option)
# # # (Normal Open-Pulse Contact)(Option) # # #

Operation Automatic Operation # # # Dlll-NET Compatible (Adaptor)(Option) # # #
Controller
— — —
Notes: # : Holding Functions H : Digital Only
— : No Functions
8 List of Functions
FLX25-60AVMA
FLX25-60AVMA
3MXD68BVMA
4MXD80BVMA
3MXD68BVMA
4MXD80BVMA
# # # —
— ~ # —
46
Operation Limit for Heating (°CWB) –15 Air Purifying Filter with Photocatalytic
— ~ Deodorizing Function — —
15.5
PAM Control — # Longlife Filter — —
Swing Compressor — # Mould Proof Air Filter # —
Reluctance DC Motor — # Washable Grille — —
Airflow
Power-Airflow Diffuser — — Timer 24-Hour On/Off Timer # —
Wide-Angle Louvers — — Night Set Mode # —
Vertical Auto-Swing (Up and Down) # — Worry Free Auto-Restart (after Power Failure) # —
“Reliability &
Horizontal Auto-Swing (Right and Left) — — Durability” Self-Diagnosis (Digital, LED) Display # #
H1
3-D Airflow — — Wiring-Error Check — #
3-Step Airflow (H/P Only) — — Anticorrosion Treatment of Outdoor — #
Heat Exchanger
# — # —
Control Indoor Unit
Indoor Unit Silent Operation # — Flexible Voltage Correspondence # #
Night Quiet Mode (Automatic) — # High Ceiling Application — —
Outdoor Unit Silent Operation — # Chargeless — H2
(Manual)
Quick Warming Function — # Remote 5-Rooms Centralized Controller # —
Control (Option)
# — # —
— # (Normal Open Contact)(Option) # —
Operation Automatic Operation # — Dlll-NET Compatible (Adaptor)(Option) # —

Programme Dry Function # — Remote Wireless # —
Controller
Fan Only # — Wired — —
Lifestyle New Powerful Operation — —
Priority-Room Setting — #
Cooling / Heating Mode Lock — #
Home Leave Operation # —
Notes: # : Holding Functions H1 : Digital Only
— : No Functions H2 : 68 class ; 30m / 80 class ; 40m
List of Functions 9
1.2.2 R410A Series
FTXS20-35CVMB(9)(8)
FTXS20-35CVMB(9)(8)
CDXS25-60CVMB
CDXS25-60CVMB
FTXS50-71BVMB
FTXS50-71BVMB
Function # # # Clean Virustatic Functions — — —
Operation Limit for Cooling (°CDB) — — — Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter — — —

— — — Deodorizing Function # # —

Airflow
“Reliability &
H H H
— — — — — —
Heat Exchanger

— — — — — —
(Manual)
— — — # # #
Control (Option)
# # # (Normal Open-Pulse Contact)(Option) # # #

Controller
— — —
— : No Functions
10 List of Functions
FVXS25-50BVMB
FVXS25-50BVMB
FLXS25-60BVMB
FLXS25-60BVMB
3MXS52BVMB(8)
3MXS52BVMB(8)
4MXS68BVMB9
4MXS80BVMB9
4MXS68BVMB9
4MXS80BVMB9
Basic Inverter (with Inverter Power Health & Air Purifying Filter with
Function Control) # # # Clean Bacteriostatic & Virustatic # # —
Functions
Operation Limit for Cooling –10 Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter
(°CDB) — — ~ # # —
46
Operation Limit for Heating –15 Air Purifying Filter with
(°CWB) — — ~ Photocatalytic Deodorizing — — —
15.5 Function
PAM Control — — # Longlife Filter — — —
Swing Compressor — — # Mould Proof Air Filter # # —
Rotary Compressor — — — Wipe-clean Flat Panel — — —
Reluctance DC Motor — — # Washable Grille — # —
Airflow
Power-Airflow Dual Flaps — — — Good-Sleep Cooling Operation — — —
Power-Airflow Diffuser — — — Timer 24-Hour On/Off Timer # # —
Wide-Angle Louvers — # — Night Set Mode # # —
Vertical Auto-Swing (Up and # # — Worry Free Auto-Restart (after Power Failure) # # —
Down) “Reliability &
Durability”
Horizontal Auto-Swing (Right and Self-Diagnosis (Digital, LED) # #
— — — #
Left) Display H1 H1
3-D Airflow — — — Wiring-Error Check — — #
3-Step Airflow (H/P Only) Anticorrosion Treatment of
— # — — — #
Outdoor Heat Exchanger
Control # # — Indoor Unit # # —
Indoor Unit Silent Operation # # — Flexible Voltage Correspondence # # #

Night Quiet Mode (Automatic) — — # High Ceiling Application — — —
— — # — — H2
(Manual)
Intelligent Eye — — — Power-Selection — — —
— — # # # —
Control (Option)
# # — (Normal Open-Pulse # # —
Contact)(Option)
— — # (Normal Open Contact)(Option) # # —
Operation Automatic Operation # # — Dlll-NET Compatible # # —

(Adaptor)(Option)
Programme Dry Function # # — Remote Wireless # # —
Controller
Fan Only # # — Wired — — —
Convenience (Non-Inverter) — — —
Inverter Powerful Operation # # —

Priority-Room Setting — — #
Cooling / Heating Mode Lock — — #
Home Leave Operation # # —
Indoor Unit On/Off Switch # # —
Signal Reception Indicator # # —
— : No Functions H2 : 52, 68 class ; 30m / 80 class ; 40m
List of Functions 11
ATXS20·25·35CVMB(9)
ATXS20·25·35CVMB(9)
# —
Operation Limit for Cooling (°CDB) — Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter —
— #
PAM Control — Longlife Filter —
Swing Compressor — Mould Proof Air Filter #
Reluctance DC Motor — Washable Grille #
Comfortable Power Airflow Flap — Filter Cleaning Indicator —
Airflow
Power-Airflow Dual Flaps # Good-Sleep Cooling Operation —
Power-Airflow Diffuser — Timer 24-Hour On/Off Timer #
Wide-Angle Louvers # Night Set Mode #
Vertical Auto-Swing (Up and Down) # Worry Free Auto-Restart (after Power Failure) #
“Reliability &
Horizontal Auto-Swing (Right and Left) — Durability” Self-Diagnosis (Digital, LED) Display
#H
3-D Airflow —
3-Step Airflow (H/P Only) — Wiring-Error Check —
Comfort Auto Fan Speed # Anticorrosion Treatment of Outdoor Heat —
Control Exchanger
Indoor Unit Silent Operation # Flexibility Multi-Split / Split Type Compatible Indoor Unit #
Night Quiet Mode (Automatic) — Flexible Voltage Correspondence #
Outdoor Unit Silent Operation (Manual) — High Ceiling Application —
Intelligent Eye # Chargeless —
Quick Warming Function — Power Selection —
Hot-Start Function # Remote 5-Rooms Centralized Controller (Option) #
Control
— #
(Normal Open-Pulse Contact) (Option)
Operation Automatic Operation Remote Control Adaptor
# (Normal Open Contact) (Option) #
Programme Dry Function # Dlll-NET Compatible (Adaptor) (Option) #

Fan Only # Remote Wireless #
Controller
Lifestyle New Powerful Operation Wired
— —
Inverter Powerful Operation #
Priority-Room Setting —
Cooling / Heating Mode Lock —
Home Leave Operation #
Indoor Unit On/Off Switch #
Signal Reception Indicator #
— : No Functions
3AMXS52BVMB
3AMXS52BVMB
ATXS50CVMB
ATXS50CVMB
Inverter (with Inverter Power Control) # #

Air Purifying Filter with Bacteriostatic,
— –10~ — —
Operation Limit for Cooling (°CDB) Virustatic Functions
46
Basic
Function –15~
Operation Limit for Heating (°CWB) — 15.5 Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter — —
PAM Control — # Air Purifying Filter with Photocatalytic # —

Oval Scroll Compressor — — Health & Longlife Filter — —
Clean
Swing Compressor — # Ultra-Longlife Filter (Option) — —
Compressor
Rotary Compressor — — Mold Proof Air Filter # —
Reluctance DC Motor — # Wipe-clean Flat Panel — —
Power-Airflow Flap — — Washable Grille # —
Power-Airflow Dual Flaps # — Filter Cleaning Indicator — —
Power-Airflow Diffuser — — Good-Sleep Cooling Operation — —
Comfortable Wide-Angle Louvers # — 24-Hour On/Off Timer # —
Timer
Airflow Vertical Auto-Swing (Up and Down) # — Night Set Mode # —
Horizontal Auto-Swing (Right and Left) # — Auto-Restart (after Power Failure) # —
3-D Airflow # — Self-Diagnosis (Digital, LED) Display # #
Worry Free
3-Step Airflow (H/P Only) — — “Reliability & Wiring Error Check — #
Durability”
Auto Fan Speed # — Anticorrosion Treatment of Outdoor
Heat Exchanger — #
Indoor Unit Silent Operation # —
Night Quiet Mode (Automatic) — # Multi-Split / Split Type Compatible # —
Outdoor Unit Silent Operation (Manual) — # Indoor Unit
Comfort
Control Intelligent Eye # — Flexible Voltage Correspondence # #
Flexibility
Quick Warming Function — # High Ceiling Application — —
Hot-Start Function # — Chargeless — 30m
Automatic Defrosting — # Power Selection — —
5-Rooms Centralized Controller
Automatic Operation # — # —
(Option)
Operation
Programme Dry Function # — Remote Control Adaptor
# —
Fan Only # — Remote (Normal Open-Pulse Contact)(Option)
Control
New Powerful Operation (Non-Inverter) — — Remote Control Adaptor
(Normal Open Contact)(Option) # —
Priority-Room Setting — # DIII-NET Compatible (Adaptor)(Option) # —
Cooling / Heating Mode Lock — # Remote Wireless # —
Lifestyle Controller
Home Leave Operation # — Wired — —
Convenience
Note: # : Holding Functions
— : No Functions
CDXS25-60CVMA
CDXS25-60CVMA
FTXS50-71BVMA
FTXS50-71BVMA
FTXS25/35BVMA
FTXS25/35BVMA
Basic Inverter (with Inverter Power Control) # # # Health & Air Purifying Filter with Bacteriostatic & # — —
Operation Limit for Heating (°CWB) — — — Air Purifying Filter with Photocatalytic — # —
Airflow
“Reliability &
— # — Durability” H H H
— — — Heat Exchanger — — —
Comfort Auto Fan Speed # # # Flexibility Multi-Split / Split Type Compatible # # —

Control Indoor Unit
(Manual) — — — — — —

— — — Control (Option) # # #
Hot-Start Function # # # Remote Control Adaptor # # #

— — — # # #
Controller
Convenience (Non-Inverter) — — —

— : No Functions
FVXS35/50BVMA
FVXS35/50BVMA
FLXS25-60BVMA
FLXS25-60BVMA
# # # #
Operation Limit for Cooling (°CDB) — — Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter # #
— — — —
PAM Control — — Longlife Filter — —
Swing Compressor — — Mould Proof Air Filter # #
Reluctance DC Motor — — Washable Grille — #
Airflow
Power-Airflow Diffuser — — Timer 24-Hour On/Off Timer # #
Wide-Angle Louvers — # Night Set Mode # #
Vertical Auto-Swing (Up and Down) # # Worry Free Auto-Restart (after Power Failure) # #
“Reliability &
Horizontal Auto-Swing (Right and Left) — — Durability” Self-Diagnosis (Digital, LED) Display # #
H1 H1
3-D Airflow — — Wiring-Error Check — —
3-Step Airflow (H/P Only) — # Anticorrosion Treatment of Outdoor Heat — —
Exchanger
Comfort Auto Fan Speed Flexibility Multi-Split / Split Type Compatible Indoor
# # — #
Control Unit
Indoor Unit Silent Operation # # Flexible Voltage Correspondence # #
Night Quiet Mode (Automatic) — — High Ceiling Application — —
Outdoor Unit Silent Operation (Manual) — — Chargeless — —
Quick Warming Function — — Remote 5-Rooms Centralized Controller (Option) # #
Control
Hot-Start Function # # Remote Control Adaptor # #
— — # #
Operation Automatic Operation # # Dlll-NET Compatible (Adaptor)(Option) # #
Programme Dry Function # # Remote Wireless # #
Controller
Fan Only # # Wired — —
Convenience (Non-Inverter) — —
Inverter Powerful Operation # #

Priority-Room Setting — —
Cooling / Heating Mode Lock — —
Home Leave Operation # #
Indoor Unit On/Off Switch # #
Signal Reception Indicator # #
— : No Functions
4MXS80CVMA
4MXS80CVMA
Basic Inverter (with Inverter Power Control) # Health & Air Purifying Filter with Bacteriostatic & —
~ —
46
Operation Limit for Heating (°CWB) –15 Air Purifying Filter with Photocatalytic
~ Deodorizing Function —
15.5
PAM Control # Longlife Filter —
Swing Compressor # Mould Proof Air Filter —
Reluctance DC Motor # Washable Grille —
Comfortable Power-Airflow Flap — Filter Cleaning Indicator —
Airflow
Power-Airflow Dual Flaps — Good-Sleep Cooling Operation —
Power-Airflow Diffuser — Timer 24-Hour On/Off Timer —
Wide-Angle Louvers — Night Set Mode —
Vertical Auto-Swing (Up and Down) — Worry Free Auto-Restart (after Power Failure) —
“Reliability &
Horizontal Auto-Swing (Right and Left) — Durability” Self-Diagnosis (Digital, LED) Display #
3-D Airflow — Wiring-Error Check #
3-Step Airflow (H/P Only) — Anticorrosion Treatment of Outdoor Heat #
Exchanger
Comfort Auto Fan Speed — Flexibility Multi-Split / Split Type Compatible Indoor Unit —
Control
Indoor Unit Silent Operation — Flexible Voltage Correspondence #
Night Quiet Mode (Automatic) # High Ceiling Application —
Outdoor Unit Silent Operation (Manual) # Chargeless 40m
Intelligent Eye — Power-Selection —
Quick Warming Function # Remote 5-Rooms Centralized Controller (Option) —
Control
— —
# (Normal Open Contact)(Option) —
Operation Automatic Operation — Dlll-NET Compatible (Adaptor)(Option) —

Programme Dry Function — Remote Wireless —
Controller
Fan Only — Wired —
Lifestyle New Powerful Operation —
Inverter Powerful Operation —
Priority-Room Setting #
Cooling / Heating Mode Lock #
Home Leave Operation —
Indoor Unit On/Off Switch —
Signal Reception Indicator —
Notes: # : Holding Functions
— : No Functions
SiE12-411
Part 2
Specifications
1. Specifications ........................................................................................18
1.1 Indoor Units - Cooling Only ....................................................................18
1.2 Outdoor Units - Cooling Only .................................................................30
1.3 Indoor Units - Heat Pump.......................................................................36
1.4 Outdoor Units - Heat Pump ....................................................................51
Specifications 17
Specifications SiE12-411
1. Specifications
1.1 Indoor Units - Cooling Only
Wall Mounted Type
50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V
Model FTKE25BVM FTKE35BVM
Rated Capacity 2.5kW Class 3.5kW Class
Front Panel Color White White
H 7.8 (275) 7.7 (272)
m³/min M 6.4 (226) 6.3 (222)
Air Flow Rates
(cfm) L 5.0 (177) 4.9 (173)
SL 4.3 (152) 4.4 (155)
Type Cross Flow Fan Cross Flow Fan
Fan Motor Output W 18 18
Speed Steps 5 Steps, Silent and Auto 5 Steps, Silent and Auto
Air Direction Control Right, Left, Horizontal and Downward Right, Left, Horizontal and Downward
Air Filter Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
Running Current (Rated) A 0.17-0.18-0.18/0.21-0.21 0.17-0.18-0.18/0.21-0.21
Power Consumption (Rated) W 37-40-43/45-48 37-40-43/45-48
Power Factor % 98.9-96.6-99.5/97.4-99.4 98.9-96.6-99.5/97.4-99.4
Temperature Control Microcomputer Control Microcomputer Control
Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 273×784×195 273×784×195
Packaged Dimensions (W×D×H) mm 834×325×258 834×325×258
Weight kg 7.5 7.5
Gross Weight kg 11 11
Operation
Sound H/M/L/SL dBA 37/34/30/27 38/35/32/29
Heat Insulation Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
Liquid mm φ 6.4 φ 6.4
Piping Connection Gas mm φ 9.5 φ12.7
Drain mm φ18.0 φ18.0
Drawing No. 3D040693 3D040694
Model FTKD50BVM FTKD60BVM

H 16.8 (593) 17.5 (618)
m³/min M 14.0 (494) 14.6 (515)
Air Flow Rates (cfm) L 11.8 (417) 12.2 (431)
SL 10.4 (367) 10.8 (381)
Power Consumption (Rated) W 40 45
Power Factor % 95.7-96.6-98.0/95.7-96.6 97.4-97.8-98.7/97.4-97.8
Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 290×1,050×238 290×1,050×238
Packaged Dimensions (W×D×H) mm 1,147×366×337 1,147×366×337
Weight kg 12 12
Operation
Sound H/M/L/SL dBA 44/40/35/32 45/41/36/33
Piping Connection Gas mm φ12.7 φ15.9
Drawing No. 3D040814 3D040815
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
18 Specifications
SiE12-411 Specifications
50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V

Model FTKD71BVM
Rated Capacity 7.1kW Class
Front Panel Color White
H 18.0 (635)
m³/min M 15.1 (533)
Air Flow Rates (cfm) L 12.7 (448)
SL 11.3 (399)
Type Cross Flow Fan
Fan Motor Output W 43
Speed Steps 5 Steps, Silent and Auto
Air Direction Control Right, Left, Horizontal and Downward
Air Filter Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
Running Current (Rated) A 0.23-0.22-0.21/0.23-0.22
Power Consumption (Rated) W 50
Power Factor % 98.8-98.8-99.2/98.8-98.8
Temperature Control Microcomputer Control
Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 290×1,050×238
Packaged Dimensions (W×D×H) mm 1,147×366×337
Weight kg 12
Gross Weight kg 17
Operation
H/M/L/SL dBA 46/42/37/34
Sound
Heat Insulation Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
Liquid mm φ 9.5
Piping Connection Gas mm φ15.9
Drain mm φ18.0
Drawing No. 3D040816
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications 19
50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V

Model FTKE25BVMA FTKE35BVMA
H 7.8 (275) 7.7 (272)
m³/min M 6.4 (226) 6.3 (222)
SL 4.3 (152) 4.4 (155)
Power Factor % 98.9-96.6-99.5/97.4-99.4 98.9-96.6-99.5/97.4-99.4
Weight kg 7.5 7.5
Operation
H/M/L/SL dBA 37/34/30/27 38/35/32/29
Sound
Drawing No. 3D040697 3D040698
Model FTKD50BVMA FTKD60BVMA

H 16.8 (593) 17.5 (618)
m³/min M 14.0 (494) 14.6 (515)
Air Flow Rates
(cfm) L 11.8 (417) 12.2 (431)
SL 10.4 (367) 10.8 (381)
Power Factor % 95.7-96.6-98.0/95.7-96.6 97.4-97.8-98.7/97.4-97.8
Weight kg 12 12
Operation
H/M/L/SL dBA 44/40/35/32 45/41/36/33
Sound
Drawing No. 3D040794 3D040795
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
20 Specifications
50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V

Model FTKD71BVMA
H 18.3 (646)
m³/min M 15.3 (540)
SL 11.3 (399)
Type Cross Flow Fan
Running Current (Rated) A 0.23-0.22-0.21/0.23-0.22
Power Factor % 98.8-98.8-99.2/98.8-98.8
Weight kg 12
Gross Weight kg 17
Operation
H/M/L/SL dBA 46/42/37/34
Sound
Liquid mm φ 9.5
Drain mm φ18.0
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications 21
50Hz, 230V
Model FTKS20CVMB(9) FTKS25CVMB(9)(8)
H 7.7 (272) 7.7 (272)
m³/min M 5.9 (208) 5.9 (208)
SL 3.6 (127) 3.6 (127)
Running Current (Rated) A 0.18 0.18
Power Factor % 96.6 96.6
Weight kg 7.5 7.5
Operation
H/M/L/SL dBA 38/32/25/22 38/32/25/22
Sound
Sound Power H dBA 56 56
Piping Connection Gas mm φ 9.5 φ 9.5
Drawing No. 3D044242B 3D044243B
Model FTKS35CVMB(9)(8) FTKS50BVMB

H 7.7 (272) 11.4 (402)
m³/min M 6.0 (212) 9.7 (342)
Air Flow Rates
(cfm) L 4.4 (155) 8.0 (282)
SL 3.8 (134) 7.1 (251)
Weight kg 7.5 9
Operation H/M/L/SL dBA 39/33/26/23 44/40/35/32
Sound
Drawing No. 3D044244B 3D040781A
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
22 Specifications
50Hz, 230V
Model FTKS60BVMB FTKS71BVMB
H 16.2 (572) 16.7 (590)
m³/min M 13.6 (480) 14.2 (501)
SL 10.2 (360) 10.6 (374)
Weight kg 12 12
Operation
H/M/L/SL dBA 45/41/36/33 46/42/37/34
Sound
Drawing No. 3D040782A 3D040783A
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications 23
Duct Connected Type

50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V
Model CDKD25CVM CDKD35CVM
Front Panel Color — —
H 9.5 (335) 10.0 (353)
m³/min M 8.8 (311) 9.3 (328)
Air Flow Rates
(cfm) L 8.0 (282) 8.5 (300)
SL 6.7 (237) 7.0 (247)
Type Sirocco Fan Sirocco Fan
Power Factor % 93.8-92.5-92.9/94.4-92.7 93.8-90.6-92.9/94.3-91.0
Weight kg 25 25
Sound
External Static Pressure Pa 40 40
Drain mm VP20 (O.D.φ 26 / I.D.φ 20) VP20 (O.D.φ 26 / I.D.φ 20)
Model CDKD50CVM CDKD60CVM

H 12.0 (424) 16.0 (565)
m³/min M 11.0 (388) 14.8 (523)
SL 8.4 (297) 11.2 (395)
Power Factor % 93.0-92.2-93.3/94.4-90.8 93.4-92.8-93.3/94.5-90.3
Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 200×900×620 200×1,100×620
Weight kg 27 30
Operation
H/M/L/SL dBA 37/35/33/31 38/36/34/32
Sound
Notes: 1. The operating sound is based on the rear side suction inlet and the external static pressure 40 Pa. Conversion Formulae
Operating sound for under side suction inlet:[operating sound for rear side suction inlet ]+5 dB. kcal/h=kW×860
However, when installation to which the external static pressure becomes low is carried out, Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
5 dB or more may go up.
24 Specifications
50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V

Model CDKD25CVMA CDKD35CVMA
H 9.5 (335) 10.0 (353)
m³/min M 8.8 (311) 9.3 (328)
Air Flow Rates
(cfm) L 8.0 (282) 8.5 (300)
SL 6.7 (237) 7.0 (247)
Power Factor % 93.8-92.5-92.9/94.4-92.7 93.8-90.6-92.9/94.3-91.0
Weight kg 25 25
Operation
H/M/L/SL dBA 35/33/31/29 35/33/31/29
Sound
Drain mm VP20 (O.D. φ 26 / I.D. φ 20) VP20 (O.D. φ 26 / I.D. φ 20)
Model CDKD50CVMA CDKD60CVMA

H 12.0 (424) 16.0 (565)
m³/min M 11.0 (388) 14.8 (523)
SL 8.4 (297) 11.2 (395)
Power Factor % 93.0-92.2-93.3/94.4-90.8 93.4-92.8-93.3/94.5-90.3
Weight kg 27 30
Sound
Notes: 1. The operating sound is based on the rear side suction inlet and the external static pressure 40 Pa. Conversion Formulae
Operating sound for under side suction inlet:[operating sound for rear side suction inlet ]+5 dB. kcal/h=kW×860
However, when installation to which the external static pressure becomes low is carried out, Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications 25
50Hz, 230V
Model CDKS25CVMB CDKS35CVMB
H 9.5 (335) 10.0 (353)
m³/min M 8.8 (311) 9.3 (328)
Air Flow Rates
(cfm) L 8.0 (282) 8.5 (300)
SL 6.7 (237) 7.0 (247)
Weight kg 25 25
Operation
Sound H/M/L/SL dBA 35/33/31/29 35/33/31/29
Drawing No. 3D046065 3D046066
Model CDKS50CVMB CDKS60CVMB

H 12.0 (424) 16.0 (565)
m³/min M 11.0 (388) 14.8 (523)
SL 8.4 (297) 11.2 (395)
Weight kg 27 30
Sound
Drawing No. 3D046067 3D046068
Conversion Formulae
Notes: 1. The operating sound is based on the rear side suction inlet and the external static pressure 40 Pa. kcal/h=kW×860
Operating sound for under side suction inlet:[operating sound for rear side suction inlet ]+5 dB. Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
However, when installation to which the external static pressure becomes low is carried out,
26 Specifications
Floor / Ceiling Suspended Dual Type

50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V
Model FLK25AVMA FLK35AVMA
Front Panel Color Almond White Almond White
H 7.6 (268) 8.7 (307)
m³/min M 6.8 (240) 7.7 (272)
Air Flow Rates
(cfm) L 6.0 (212) 6.6 (233)
SL 5.2 (184) 5.6 (198)
Power Factor % 96.6-95.1-93.8/96.3-94.6 96.0-94.2-92.6/93.2-93.6
Weight kg 16 16
Operation
Sound H/M/L/SL dBA 37/34/31/28 38/35/32/29
Drawing No. 3D036717 3D036718
Model FLK50AVMA FLK60AVMA

Rated Capacity 5.0W Class 5.7kW Class
H 11.4 (402) 12.0 (424)
m³/min M 10.0 (353) 10.6 (374)
Air Flow Rates
(cfm) L 8.5 (300) 9.3 (328)
SL 7.5 (265) 8.3 (293)
Power Factor % 94.9-92.8-90.7/92.8-90.6 92.8-90.7-88.7/89.1-88.7
Weight kg 17 17
Operation
H/M/L/SL dBA 47/43/39/36 48/45/41/38
Sound
Drawing No. 3D036719 3D036720
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications 27
50Hz, 230V
Model FLKS25BVMB FLKS35BVMB
H 7.6 (268) 8.6 (304)
m³/min M 6.8 (240) 7.6 (268)
SL 5.2 (184) 5.6 (198)
Weight kg 16 16
Operation
H/M/L/SL dBA 37/34/31/28 38/35/32/29
Sound
Model FLKS50BVMB FLKS60BVMB

Rated Capacity 5.0W Class 5.7kW Class
H 11.4 (402) 12.0 (424)
m³/min M 10.0 (353) 10.7 (378)
Air Flow Rates
(cfm) L 8.5 (300) 9.3 (328)
SL 7.5 (265) 8.3 (293)
Weight kg 17 17
Operation
Sound H/M/L/SL dBA 47/43/39/36 48/45/41/39
Drawing No. 3D040828 3D040830
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
28 Specifications
Floor Standing Type

50Hz, 230V
Model FVKS25BVMB FVKS35BVMB
H 8.1 (286) 8.3 (293)
m³/min M 6.2 (219) 6.3 (222)
Air Flow Rates
(cfm) L 4.3 (152) 4.3 (152)
SL 3.4 (120) 3.4 (120)
Fan Motor Output W 14+14 14+14
Air Direction Control Right, Left, Horizontal and Upward Right, Left, Horizontal and Upward
Weight kg 13 13
Operation
Sound H/M/L/SL dBA 38/32/26/23 39/33/27/24
Model FVKS50BVMB
Front Panel Color Almond White
H 10.8 (381)
m³/min M 9.2 (325)
SL 6.7 (237)
Type Cross Flow Fan
Fan Motor Output W 14+14
Air Direction Control Right, Left, Horizontal and Upward
Running Current (Rated) A 0.26
Power Factor % 92.0
Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 600×650×195
Packaged Dimensions (W×D×H) mm 770×294×714
Weight kg 13
Gross Weight kg 19
Operation
H/M/L/SL dBA 44/40/36/33
Sound
Sound Power H dBA 56
Liquid mm φ 6.4
Drain mm φ20.0
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications 29
1.2 Outdoor Units - Cooling Only

50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V
Model 2MKD58BVM 3MKD58BVM
Cooling Capacity kW — —
Power Consumption W — —
Running Current A — —
Casing Color Ivory White Ivory White
Type Hermetically Sealed Swing Type Hermetically Sealed Swing Type
Compressor Model 2YC32WXD 2YC32WXD
Motor Output W 980 980
Model SUNISO 4GSD.I. SUNISO 4GSD.I.
Refrigerant Oil
Charge L 0.65 0.65
Type R22 R22
Refrigerant
Charge kg 2.0 2.0
H 44 44
m³/min
L 37 37
Air Flow Rates
H 1,270 1,270
cfm
L 1,068 1,068
Type Propeller Propeller
Fan
Running Current A H: 0.24 / L: 0.17 H: 0.24 / L: 0.17
Power Consumption W H: 44 / L: 27 H: 44 / L: 27
Starting Current A 6.9 6.5
Weight kg 55 55
Operation Sound dBA 46 46
Liquid mm φ 6.4×2 φ 6.4×3
Piping Connection Gas mm φ12.7×2 φ12.7×3
No. of Wiring Connection 3 for Power Supply, 4 for Interunit Wiring 3 for Power Supply, 4 for Interunit Wiring
m 35 (for Total of Each Room) 45 (for Total of Each Room)
Max. Interunit Piping Length
m 25 (for One Room) 25 (for One Room)
Amount of Additional Charge g/m Chargeless Chargeless
m 15 (between Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit) 15 (between Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit)
Max. Installation Height Difference
m 7.5 (between Indoor Units) 7.5 (between Indoor Units)
Drawing No. 3D039666#1 3D039667#1
Notes: 1. The data are based on the conditions shown in the table below.
Cooling Piping Length
Indoor ; 27°CDB/19°CWB
Outdoor ; 35°CDB 5.0m Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
30 Specifications
50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V

Model 3MKD75BVM 4MKD75BVM
Compressor Model 2YC45ZXD 2YC45ZXD
Motor Output W 1,380 1,380
Refrigerant Oil
Charge L 0.75 0.75
Type R22 R22
Refrigerant
Charge kg 2.3 2.3
H 51 51
m³/min
L 45 45
Air Flow Rates
H 1,472 1,472
cfm
L 1,299 1,299
Fan
Weight kg 58 58
Liquid mm φ 6.4×1, φ 9.5×2 φ 6.4×2, φ 9.5×2
Piping Connection Gas mm φ12.7×1, φ15.9×2 φ12.7×2, φ15.9×2
Drawing No. 3D039668#1 3D039669#1
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications 31
50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V

Model 4MKD90BVM
Cooling Capacity kW —
Power Consumption W —
Running Current A —
Casing Color Pale Ivory
Type Hermetically Sealed Swing Type
Compressor Model 2YC45ZXD
Motor Output W 1,380
Model SUNISO 4GSD.I.
Refrigerant Oil
Charge L 0.75
Type R22
Refrigerant
Charge kg 3.1
H 48.5
m³/min
L 42
Air Flow Rates
H 1,400
cfm
L 1,212
Type Propeller
Motor Output W 51
Fan
Running Current A H: 0.44 / L: 0.34
Power Consumption W H: 60 / L: 41
Starting Current A 12.1
Weight kg 66
Gross Weight kg 77
Operation Sound dBA 48
Liquid mm φ 6.4×2, φ 9.5×2
Piping Connection Gas mm φ12.7×1, φ15.9×3
Drain mm φ25.0
No. of Wiring Connection 3 for Power Supply, 4 for Interunit Wiring
m 70 (for Total of Each Room)
Max. Piping Length
m 25 (for One Room)
Amount of Additional Charge g/m Chargeless
m 15 (between Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit)
m 7.5 (between Indoor Units)
Drawing No. 3D039670#1
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
32 Specifications
50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V

Model 3MKD75BVMA 4MKD90BVMA
Casing Color Ivory White Pale Ivory
Refrigerant Oil
Charge L 0.75 0.75
Type R22 R22
Refrigerant
Charge kg 2.3 3.1
H 51 48.5
m³/min
L 45 42
Air Flow Rates
H 1,472 1,400
cfm
L 1,299 1,212
Fan
Weight kg 58 66
Liquid mm φ 6.4×1, φ 9.5×2 φ 6.4×2, φ 9.5×2
Drain mm φ16.0 φ 25.0
Drawing No. 3D039673#1 3D039674#1
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications 33
50Hz, 230V
Model 3MKS50BVMB(8) 4MKS58BVMB(8)
Compressor Model 2YC32HXD 2YC32HXD
Model FVC50K FVC50K
Refrigerant Oil
Charge L 0.65 0.65
Type R410A R410A
Refrigerant
Charge kg 2.0 2.0
H 44 44
m³/min
L 37 37
Air Flow Rates
H 1,270 1,270
cfm
L 1,068 1,068
Fan
Weight kg 55 55
Sound Power dBA 59 59
Piping Connection Gas mm φ 9.5×3 φ 9.5×2, φ 12.7×2
Drawing No. 3D038934 3D039607#1
Indoor ; 27°CDB/19°CWB Conversion Formulae
Outdoor ; 35°CDB 7.5m
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
34 Specifications
50Hz, 230V
Model 4MKS75BVMB 4MKS90BVMB
Compressor Model 2YC45BXD 2YC45BXD
Model FVC50K FVC50K
Refrigerant Oil
Charge L 0.75 0.75
Type R410A R410A
Refrigerant
Charge kg 2.3 3.1
H 51 48.5
m³/min
L 45 42
Air Flow Rates
H 1,472 1,400
cfm
L 1,299 1,212
Fan
Weight kg 58 66
Piping Connection Gas mm φ9.5×2, φ12.7×1, φ15.9×1 φ9.5×1, φ12.7×1, φ15.9×2
Drawing No. 3D039606#1 3D039608#1
Indoor ; 27°CDB/19°CWB Conversion Formulae
Outdoor ; 35°CDB 7.5m
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications 35
1.3 Indoor Units - Heat Pump

Wall Mounted Type
50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V
FTXE25BVMA FTXE35BVMA
Model
Cooling Heating Cooling Heating
H 7.8 (275) 8.1 (286) 7.7 (272) 8.1 (286)
m³/min M 6.4 (226) 6.6 (233) 6.3 (222) 6.6 (233)
Air Flow Rates
(cfm) L 5.0 (177) 5.1 (180) 4.9 (173) 5.1 (180)
SL 4.3 (152) 4.3 (152) 4.4 (155) 4.4 (155)
Running Current (Rated) A 0.17-0.18-0.18/0.21-0.21 0.17-0.18-0.18/0.21-0.21 0.17-0.18-0.18/0.21-0.21 0.17-0.18-0.18/0.21-0.21
Power Consumption (Rated) W 37-40-43/45-48 37-40-43/45-48 37-40-43/45-48 37-40-43/45-48
Power Factor % 98.9-96.6-99.5/97.4-99.4 98.9-96.6-99.5/97.4-99.4 98.9-96.6-99.5/97.4-99.4 98.9-96.6-99.5/97.4-99.4
Weight kg 7.5 7.5
Operation H/M/L/SL dBA 37/34/30/27 37/33/30/27 38/35/32/29 38/35/31/28
Sound
Drawing No. 3D040689 3D040690
FTXD50BVMA FTXD60BVMA
Model
H 16.8 (593) 17.5 (618) 17.5 (618) 18.7 (660)
m³/min M 14.0 (494) 14.9 (526) 14.6 (515) 16.1 (568)
Air Flow Rates
(cfm) L 11.8 (417) 12.5 (441) 12.2 (431) 13.6 (480)
SL 10.4 (367) 11.0 (388) 10.8 (381) 11.8 (417)
Power Consumption (Rated) W 40 40 45 45
Power Factor % 95.7-96.6-98.0/95.7-96.6 95.7-96.6-98.0/95.7-96.6 97.4-97.8-98.7/97.4-97.8 97.4-97.8-98.7/97.4-97.8
Weight kg 12 12
Operation
H/M/L/SL dBA 44/40/35/32 42/38/33/30 45/41/36/33 44/40/35/32
Sound
Drawing No. 3D040790 3D040791
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
36 Specifications
50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V

FTXD71BVMA
Model
Cooling Heating
H 18.3 (646) 19.8 (699)
m³/min M 15.3 (540) 17.1 (604)
Air Flow Rates
(cfm) L 12.7 (448) 14.4 (508)
SL 11.3 (399) 12.6 (445)
Type Cross Flow Fan
Power Factor % 98.8-98.8-99.2/98.8-98.8 98.8-98.8-99.2/98.8-98.8
Weight kg 12
Gross Weight kg 17
Operation
Sound H/M/L/SL dBA 46/42/37/34 46/42/37/34
Liquid mm φ 9.5
Drain mm φ18.0
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications 37
50Hz 230V
FTXS20CVMB(9) FTXS25CVMB(9)(8)
Model
H 7.7 (272) 7.8 (275) 7.7 (272) 7.8 (275)
m³/min M 5.9 (208) 6.5 (230) 5.9 (208) 6.5 (230)
Air Flow Rates
(cfm) L 4.2 (148) 5.3 (187) 4.2 (148) 5.3 (187)
SL 3.6 (127) 4.6 (162) 3.6 (127) 4.6 (162)
Running Current (Rated) A 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18
Power Factor % 96.6 96.6 96.6 96.6
Weight kg 7.5 7.5
Operation
Sound H/M/L/SL dBA 38/32/25/22 38/33/28/25 38/32/25/22 38/33/28/25
Sound Power H dBA 56 56 56 56
FTXS35CVMB(9)(8) FTXS50BVMB
Model
H 7.7 (272) 8.1 (286) 11.4 (402) 12.6 (445)
m³/min M 6.0 (212) 6.7 (237) 9.7 (342) 10.8 (381)
Air Flow Rates (cfm) L 4.4 (155) 5.3 (187) 8.0 (282) 8.9 (314)
SL 3.8 (134) 4.6 (162) 7.1 (251) 7.7 (272)
Power Factor % 96.6 96.6 96.6 97.8
Weight kg 7.5 9
Operation
Sound H/M/L/SL dBA 39/33/26/23 39/34/29/26 44/40/35/32 42/38/33/30
Drawing No. 3D044247B 3D040778A
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
38 Specifications
50Hz 230V
FTXS60BVMB FTXS71BVMB
Model
H 16.2 (572) 17.4 (614) 16.7 (590) 18.5 (653)
m³/min M 13.6 (480) 15.1 (533) 14.2 (501) 15.1 (533)
Air Flow Rates
(cfm) L 11.4 (402) 12.7 (448) 11.6 (409) 13.5 (477)
SL 10.2 (360) 11.4 (402) 10.6 (374) 12.1 (427)
Power Factor % 96.6 97.8 96.4 97.6
Weight kg 12 12
Operation
Sound H/M/L/SL dBA 45/41/36/33 44/40/35/32 46/42/37/34 46/42/37/34
Drawing No. 3D040779 3D040780A
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications 39
230V, 50Hz
ATXS20CVMB(9) ATXS25CVMB(9)
Model
H 7.7 (272) 7.8 (275) 7.7 (272) 7.8 (275)
m³/min M 5.9 (208) 6.5 (230) 5.9 (208) 6.5 (230)
Air Flow Rates
(cfm) L 4.2 (148) 5.3 (187) 4.2 (148) 5.3 (187)
SL 3.6 (127) 4.6 (162) 3.6 (127) 4.6 (162)
Power Factor % 96.6 96.6 96.6 96.6
Packaged Dimension (W×D×H) mm 834×325×258 834×325×258
Weight kg 7.5 7.5
H 38 38 38 38
M 32 33 32 33
Operation Sound dBA
L 25 28 25 28
SL 22 25 22 25
Sound Power dBA H 56 56 56 56
ATXS35CVMB(9) ATXS50CVMB
Model
H 7.7 (272) 8.1 (286) 11.4 (402) 12.6 (445)
m³/min M 6.1 (215) 6.7 (237) 9.7 (342) 10.8 (381)
Air Flow Rates
(cfm) L 4.4 (155) 5.3 (187) 8.0 (282) 8.9 (314)
SL 3.8 (134) 4.6 (162) 7.1 (251) 7.7 (272)
Air Filter Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof Removable / Washable / Mildew Proof
Power Factor % 96.6 96.6 96.6 97.8
Packaged Dimension (W×D×H) mm 834×325×258 280×840×338
Weight kg 7.5 9
H 39 39 44 42
M 33 34 40 38
Operation Sound dBA
L 26 29 35 33
SL 23 26 32 30
Sound Power dBA H 57 57 63 60
Drawing No. 3D044253B 3D044869
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
40 Specifications
50Hz 230V
FTXS25BVMA FTXS35BVMA
Model
H 7.4 (261) 7.5 (265) 7.4 (261) 7.5 (265)
m³/min M 5.8 (205) 6.3 (222) 5.9 (208) 6.3 (222)
Air Flow Rates
(cfm) L 4.1 (145) 5.0 (177) 4.4 (155) 5.2 (184)
SL 3.6 (127) 4.5 (159) 3.8 (134) 4.6 (162)
Power Factor % 96.6 96.6 96.6 96.6
Weight kg 8 8
Operation
Sound H/M/L/SL dBA 38/32/25/22 38/33/28/25 39/33/26/23 39/34/29/26
Sound Power H dBA — — — —
Drawing No. 3D046602 3D046603
50Hz 230V
FTXS50BVMA FTXS60BVMA
Model
H 11.4 (402) 12.6 (444) 16.2 (573) 17.4 (613)
m³/min M 9.8 (346) 10.9 (385) 13.9 (490) 15.3 (539)
SL 7.7 (271) 8.2 (291) 10.7 (378) 11.7 (412)
Power Factor % 98.0 98.0 98.7 98.7
Packaged Dimensions (W×D×H) mm 840×338×280 1,147×366×337
Weight kg 9 12
Operation
Sound H/M/L/SL dBA 44/40/35/32 42/38/33/30 45/41/36/33 44/40/35/32
Drawing No. 3D040798 3D040799
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications 41
50Hz 230V
FTXS71BVMA
Model
Cooling Heating
H 16.8 (592) 18.7 (660)
m³/min M 14.2 (501) 16.1 (567)
Air Flow Rates
(cfm) L 11.9 (420) 13.6 (481)
SL 11.2 (394) 12.5 (441)
Type Cross Flow Fan
Weight kg 12
Gross Weight kg 17
Operation
Sound H/M/L/SL dBA 46/42/37/34 46/42/37/34
Liquid mm φ 6.4
Drain mm φ18.0
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
42 Specifications
Duct Connected Type

50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V
CDXD25CVMA CDXD35CVMA
Model
H 9.5 (335) 9.5 (335) 10.0 (353) 10.0 (353)
m³/min M 8.8 (311) 8.8 (311) 9.3 (328) 9.3 (328)
Air Flow Rates
(cfm) L 8.0 (282) 8.0 (282) 8.5 (300) 8.5 (300)
SL 6.7 (237) 6.7 (237) 7.0 (247) 7.0 (247)
Power Factor % 93.8-92.5-92.9/94.4-92.7 93.8-92.5-92.9/94.4-92.7 93.8-90.6-92.9/94.3-91.0 93.8-90.6-92.9/94.3-91.0
Weight kg 25 25
Sound
CDXD50CVMA CDXD60CVMA
Model
H 12.0 (424) 12.0 (424) 16.0 (565) 16.0 (565)
m³/min M 11.0 (388) 11.0 (388) 14.8 (523) 14.8 (523)
Air Flow Rates
(cfm) L 10.0 (353) 10.0 (353) 13.5 (477) 13.5 (477)
SL 8.4 (297) 8.4 (297) 11.2 (395) 11.2 (395)
Power Factor % 93.0-92.2-93.3/94.4-90.8 93.0-92.2-93.3/94.4-90.8 93.4-92.8-93.3/94.5-90.3 93.4-92.8-93.3/94.5-90.3
Weight kg 27 30
Operation
H/M/L/SL dBA 37/35/33/31 37/35/33/31 38/36/34/32 38/36/34/32
Sound
Conversion Formulae
Notes: 1. The operating sound is based on the rear side suction inlet and the external static pressure 40 Pa. kcal/h=kW×860
Operating sound for under side suction inlet:[operating sound for rear side suction inlet ]+5 dB. Btu/h=kW×3414
However, when installation to which the external static pressure becomes low is carried out, cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications 43
50Hz 230V
CDXS25CVMB CDXS35CVMB
Model
H 9.5 (335) 9.5 (335) 10.0 (353) 10.0 (353)
m³/min M 8.8 (311) 8.8 (311) 9.3 (328) 9.3 (328)
Air Flow Rates
(cfm) L 8.0 (282) 8.0 (282) 8.5 (300) 8.5 (300)
SL 6.7 (237) 6.7 (237) 7.0 (247) 7.0 (247)
Power Factor % 92.5 92.5 92.5 92.5
Weight kg 25 25
Operation
H/M/L/SL dBA 35/33/31/29 35/33/31/29 35/33/31/29 35/33/31/29
Sound
Drawing No. 3D046061 3D046062
CDXS50CVMB CDXS60CVMB
Model
H 12.0 (424) 12.0 (424) 16.0 (565) 16.0 (565)
m³/min M 11.0 (388) 11.0 (388) 14.8 (523) 14.8 (523)
Air Flow Rates
(cfm) L 10.0 (353) 10.0 (353) 13.5 (477) 13.5 (477)
SL 8.4 (297) 8.4 (297) 11.2 (395) 11.2 (395)
Power Factor % 95.1 95.1 94.0 94.0
Weight kg 27 30
Sound
Drawing No. 3D046063 3D046064
Notes: 1. The operating sound is based on the rear side suction inlet and the external static pressure 40 Pa.
Conversion Formulae
Operating sound for under side suction inlet:[operating sound for rear side suction inlet ]+5 dB.
However, when installation to which the external static pressure becomes low is carried out, kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
5 dB or more may go up. cfm=m³/min×35.3
44 Specifications
50Hz 230V
CDXS25CVMA CDXS35CVMA
Model
H 9.5 (335) 9.5 (335) 10.0 (353) 10.0 (353)
m³/min M 8.8 (311) 8.8 (311) 9.3 (328) 9.3 (328)
Air Flow Rates
(cfm) L 8.0 (282) 8.0 (282) 8.5 (300) 8.5 (300)
SL 6.7 (237) 6.7 (237) 7.0 (247) 7.0 (247)
Power Factor % 92.5 92.5 92.5 92.5
Weight kg 25 25
Operation
H/M/L/SL dBA 35/33/31/29 35/33/31/29 35/33/31/29 35/33/31/29
Sound
Drain mm VP20 (O.D φ 26 / I.D φ 20) VP20 (O.D φ 26 / I.D φ 20)
Drawing No. 3D046469 3D046470
CDXS50CVMA CDXS60CVMA
Model
H 12.0 (424) 12.0 (424) 16.0 (565) 16.0 (565)
m³/min M 11.0 (388) 11.0 (388) 14.8 (523) 14.8 (523)
Air Flow Rates
(cfm) L 10.0 (353) 10.0 (353) 13.5 (477) 13.5 (477)
SL 8.4 (297) 8.4 (297) 11.2 (395) 11.2 (395)
Power Factor % 95.1 95.1 94.0 94.0
Weight kg 27 30
Sound
Drain mm VP20 (O.D φ 26 / I.D φ 20) VP20 (O.D φ 26 / I.D φ 20)
Drawing No. 3D046471 3D046472
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications 45
Floor / Ceiling Suspended Dual Type

50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V
FLX25AVMA FLX35AVMA
Model
H 7.6 (268) 9.2 (325) 8.7 (307) 10.0 (353)
m³/min M 6.8 (240) 8.3 (293) 7.7 (272) 9.0 (318)
Air Flow Rates
(cfm) L 6.0 (212) 7.4 (261) 6.6 (233) 8.0 (282)
SL 5.2 (184) 6.6 (233) 5.6 (198) 7.1 (251)
Air Filter Removal-Washable-Mildew Proof Removal-Washable-Mildew Proof
Power Factor % 96.6-95.1-93.8/96.3-94.6 96.3-94.6-93.1/93.4-92.8 96.0-94.2-92.6/93.2-93.6 96.0-94.2-92.6/93.2-92.5
Weight kg 16 16
Sound
Drawing No. 3D036690 3D036691
FLX50AVMA FLX60AVMA
Model
H 11.4 (402) 12.1 (427) 12.0 (424) 12.8 (452)
m³/min M 10.0 (353) 9.8 (346) 10.6 (374) 10.6 (374)
SL 7.5 (265) 6.8 (240) 8.3 (293) 7.5 (265)
Air Filter Removal-Washable-Mildew Proof Removal-Washable-Mildew Proof
Power Factor % 94.9-92.8-90.7/92.8-90.6 94.9-92.8-90.7/92.8-90.6 92.8-90.7-88.7/89.1-88.7 94.9-92.8-90.7/92.8-91.5
Weight kg 17 17
Operation
H/M/L/SL dBA 47/43/39/36 46/41/35/32 48/45/41/38 47/42/37/34
Sound
Drawing No. 3D036692 3D036693
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
46 Specifications
50Hz 230V
FLXS25BVMB FLXS35BVMB
Model
H 7.6 (268) 9.2 (325) 8.6 (304) 9.8 (346)
m³/min M 6.8 (240) 8.3 (293) 7.6 (268) 8.9 (314)
Air Flow Rates
(cfm) L 6.0 (212) 7.4 (261) 6.6 (233) 8.0 (282)
SL 5.2 (184) 6.6 (233) 5.6 (198) 7.2 (254)
Power Factor % 95.1 94.6 94.2 94.2
Weight kg 16 16
Operation
Sound H/M/L/SL dBA 37/34/31/28 37/34/31/29 38/35/32/29 39/36/33/30
Sound Power H dBA 53 — 54 —
FLXS50BVMB FLXS60BVMB
Model
H 11.4 (402) 12.1 (427) 12.0 (424) 12.8 (452)
m³/min M 10.0 (353) 9.8 (346) 10.7 (378) 10.6 (374)
SL 7.5 (265) 6.8 (240) 8.3 (293) 7.5 (265)
Power Factor % 92.8 92.8 90.7 92.8
Weight kg 17 17
Operation
H/M/L/SL dBA 47/43/39/36 46/41/35/33 48/45/41/39 47/42/37/34
Sound
Drawing No. 3D040826 3D040827A
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications 47
50Hz 230V
FLXS25BVMA FLXS35BVMA
Model
H 7.6 (268) 9.2 (325) 8.6 (304) 9.8 (346)
m³/min M 6.8 (240) 8.3 (293) 7.6 (268) 8.9 (314)
Air Flow Rates
(cfm) L 6.0 (212) 7.4 (261) 6.6 (233) 8.0 (282)
SL 5.2 (184) 6.6 (233) 5.6 (198) 7.2 (254)
Power Factor % 95.1 94.6 94.2 94.2
Weight kg 16 16
Operation
Sound H/M/L/SL dBA 37/34/31/28 37/34/31/29 38/35/32/29 39/36/33/30
Drawing No. 3D046600 3D046601
FLXS50BVMA FLXS60BVMA
Model
H 11.4 (402) 12.1 (427) 12.0 (424) 12.8 (452)
m³/min M 10.0 (353) 9.8 (346) 10.7 (378) 10.6 (374)
SL 7.5 (265) 6.8 (240) 8.3 (293) 7.5 (265)
Power Factor % 92.8 92.8 90.7 92.8
Weight kg 17 17
Operation
H/M/L/SL dBA 47/43/39/36 46/41/35/33 48/45/41/39 47/42/37/34
Sound
Drawing No. 3D046571 3D046572
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
48 Specifications
Floor Standing Type

50Hz 230V
FVXS25BVMB FVXS35BVMB
Model
H 8.1 (286) 9.2 (325) 8.3 (293) 9.2 (325)
m³/min M 6.2 (219) 7.0 (247) 6.3 (222) 7.1 (251)
Air Flow Rates
(cfm) L 4.3 (152) 4.8 (169) 4.3 (152) 5.0 (177)
SL 3.4 (120) 3.5 (124) 3.4 (120) 3.6 (127)
Power Factor % 99.4 99.4 99.4 99.4
Weight kg 13 13
Operation
Sound H/M/L/SL dBA 38/32/26/23 38/32/26/23 39/33/27/24 39/34/29/26
Sound Power H dBA 54 — 55 —
FVXS50BVMB
Model
Cooling Heating
Front Panel Color Almond White
H 10.8 (381) 13.2 (466)
m³/min M 9.2 (325) 11.3 (399)
SL 6.7 (237) 8.3 (293)
Type Cross Flow Fan
Fan Motor Output W 14+14
Air Direction Control Right, Left, Horizontal and Upward
Weight kg 13
Gross Weight kg 19
Sound
Liquid mm φ 6.4
Drain mm φ20.0
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications 49
50Hz 230V
FVXS35BVMA FVXS50BVMA
Model
H 8.3 (293) 9.2 (325) 10.8 (381) 13.2 (466)
m³/min M 6.3 (222) 7.1 (251) 9.2 (325) 11.3 (399)
Air Flow Rates
(cfm) L 4.3 (152) 5.0 (177) 7.7 (272) 9.4 (332)
SL 3.4 (120) 3.6 (127) 6.7 (237) 8.3 (293)
Power Factor % 99.4 99.4 92.0 95.1
Weight kg 13 13
Operation
Sound H/M/L/SL dBA 39/33/27/24 39/33/26/23 44/40/36/33 45/40/36/33
Drawing No. 3D046650 3D046661, 3D040832
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
50 Specifications
1.4 Outdoor Units - Heat Pump

50Hz 220-240V / 60Hz 220-230V
3MXD68BVMA 4MXD80BVMA
Model
Refrigerant Oil
Charge L 0.75 0.75
Type R22 R22
Refrigerant
Charge kg 2.6 3.1
H 51 47.6 48.5 45
m³/min
L 45 45 42 42
Air Flow Rates
H 1,472 1,374 1,400 1,299
cfm
L 1,299 1,299 1,212 1,212
Fan
Weight kg 59 73
Operation Sound dBA 48 49 48 49
Liquid mm φ 6.4×3 φ 6.4×3, φ 9.5×1
Piping Connection Gas mm φ12.7×2, φ15.9×1 φ 9.5×1, φ12.7×1, φ15.9×2
Amount of Additional Charge g/m 20 (30m or more) 20 (40m or more)
Drawing No. 3D039671#1 3D039672#1
Cooling Heating Piping Length Conversion Formulae
Indoor ; 27°CDB/19°CWB Indoor ; 20°CDB kcal/h=kW×860
7.5m
Outdoor ; 35°CDB Outdoor ; 7°CDB/6°CWB Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications 51
50Hz 230V
3MXS52BVMB(8) 4MXS68BVMB9
Model
Compressor Model 2YC32HXD 2YC45BXD
Motor Output W 980 1,380
Model FVC50K FVC50K
Refrigerant Oil
Charge L 0.65 0.75
Type R410A R410A
Refrigerant
Charge kg 2.0 2.6
H 44 44 51 47.6
m³/min
L 37 37 45 45
Air Flow Rates
H 1,270 1,270 1,472 1,374
cfm
L 1,068 1,068 1,299 1,299
Fan
Weight kg 55 59
Operation Sound dBA 46 47 48 49
Sound Power dBA 59 60 61 62
Amount of Additional Charge g/m 20 (30m or more) 20 (30m or more)
Drawing No. 3D039603#1 3D039604#1
Indoor ; 27°CDB/19°CWB Indoor ; 20°CDB 7.5m kcal/h=kW×860
cfm=m³/min×35.3
52 Specifications
50Hz 230V
4MXS80BVMB9
Model
Cooling Heating
Compressor Model 2YC45BXD
Model FVC50K
Refrigerant Oil
Charge L 0.75
Type R410A
Refrigerant
Charge kg 3.1
H 48.5 45
m³/min
L 42 42
Air Flow Rates
H 1,400 1,299
cfm
L 1,212 1,212
Type Propeller
Motor Output W 51
Fan
Weight kg 73
Gross Weight kg 80
Liquid mm φ 6.4×4
Piping Connection Gas mm φ 9.5×2, φ12.7×1, φ15.9×1
Drain mm φ 25.0
m 25 (for One Room)
Amount of Additional Charge g/m 20 (40m or more)
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications 53
230V, 50Hz
3AMXS52BVMB
Model
Cooling Heating
Casing Color Ivory White
Compressor Model 2YC32HXD
Motor Output W 980
Refrigerant Model FVC50K
Oil Charge L 0.65
Type R410A
Refrigerant
Charge kg 2.0
HH — —
m³/min H 44 44
L 37 37
Air Flow Rate
HH — —
cfm H 1,270 1,270
L 1,068 1,068
Type Propeller
Fan
Motor Output W 53
Dimension (H×W×D) mm 735×936×300
Packaged Dimension (W×D×H) mm 990×400×784
Weight kg 55
Gross Weight kg 59
Operation Sound Pressure dBA 46 47
Sound Silent Mode dBA — —
Liquid mm φ 6.4×3
Piping
Connection
Gas mm φ 9.5×2, φ12.7×1
Drain mm φ18.0
45 (for Total of Each Room)
Max. Piping Length m
25 (for One Room)
Min. Piping Length m —
15 (between Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit)
Max. Installation Height Difference m
7.5 (between Indoor Units)
Notes: 1. The data are based on the conditions shows in the table below.
Conversion Formulae
Cooling Heating Piping Length
Indoor ; 27°CDB/19°CWB Indoor ; 20°CDB kcal/h=kW×860
7.5m Btu/h=kW×3414
Outdoor ; 35°CDB Outdoor ; 7°CDB/6°CWB
cfm=m³/min×35.3
54 Specifications
50Hz 230V
4MXS80CVMA
Model
Cooling Heating
Compressor Model 2YC45BXD
Model FVC50K
Refrigerant Oil
Charge L 0.75
Type R410A
Refrigerant
Charge kg 3.1
H 48.5 45
m³/min
L 42 42
Air Flow Rates
H 1,400 1,299
cfm
L 1,212 1,212
Type Propeller
Motor Output W 51
Fan
Packaged Dimensions (W×D×H) mm 926×388×1,025
Weight kg 73
Gross Weight kg 80
Liquid mm φ 6.4×4
Piping Connection Gas mm φ 9.5×2, φ12.7×1, φ15.9×1
Drain mm φ 25.0
m 25 (for One Room)
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications 55
56 Specifications
SiE12-411
Part 3
Printed Circuit Board
Connector Wiring Diagram
1. Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram..................................58
1.3 Duct Connected Type.............................................................................63
1.4 Floor / Ceiling Suspended Dual Type.....................................................64
1.5 Floor Standing Type ...............................................................................66
1.6 Outdoor Units .........................................................................................68
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram 57

Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram SiE12-411
1. Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram

1.1 Wall Mounted Type 20 / 25 / 35 Class
Connectors
1) S1 Connector for fan motor

2) S6 Connector for swing motor (Horizontal Flap)
4) S21 Connector for centralized control to 5 rooms
5) S26 Connector for signal receiver PCB
6) S27 Connector for control PCB
7) S32 Connector for heat exchanger thermistor
8) S35 Connector for Intelligent Eye Sensor PCB
Note: Other designations

1) V1 Varistor
2) JA Address setting jumper
JB Fan speed setting when compressor is OFF on thermostat
JC Power failure recovery function
∗ Refer to page 257 for more detail.
3) SW7 Forced operation ON/OFF switch
4) LED1 (GRN) LED for operation
5) LED2 (YLW) LED for timer
6) LED3 (RED) LED for intelligent eye
58 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram

SiE12-411 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
PCB
PCB(1) Control
SW7
S1
PCB (2)
Signal reciever
5V Check
V1
S27
5V
JP21 S7
S21
GND
12V Check
12V
PCB (3)
JC
JB
JA
Intelligent eye S6
sensor
GND
S35
JA JB JC S32 S26
(R2413)

PCB Detail
PCB (1) Control
SW7
S1
V1 PCB (2) Signal reciever
Pb Free
S27
5V Check
Pb Free
S7
S21
12V Check
S6
PCB (3)
Intelligent eye
sensor
GND
S35
S32 S26
JA JB JC

1.2 Wall Mounted Type 50 / 60 / 71 Class

Connectors
2) S6 Connector for swing motor (horizontal blades)
3) S8 Connector for swing motor (vertical blades)
4) S21 Connector for centralized control (HA)
5) S26, S37 Connector for buzzer PCB
6) S27, S29, S36 Connector for control PCB
9) S35 Connector for Intelligent Eye sensor PCB
10)S38 Connector for display PCB

1) V1 Varistor
∗ Refer to page 257 for detail.
4) LED1 LED for operation (green)
5) LED2 LED for timer (yellow)
6) LED3 LED for Home Leave operation (red)
7) FU1 Fuse (3.15A)
8) RTH1 Room temperature thermistor

PCB Detail PCB(1): Control PCB (indoor unit)
S1
V1
FU1
S21 S6
S8
S35
JA JB JC S32 S28 S26 (R2860)
PCB(2): Signal Receiver PCB PCB(3): Buzzer PCB
PHOTO
S27
SW1 S38
S29
(R2861)
RTH1 (R2862)
PCB(4): Display PCB PCB(5): Intelligent Eye sensor PCB
LED1 LED2 LED3 S37

(R2863)
S36
(R2864)

1.3 Duct Connected Type

Connectors
1) S1 (on PCB 1) Connector for fan motor

2) S1 (on PCB 2) Connector for control PCB
4) S21 Connector for centralized control to 5 rooms
5) S26 Connector for display PCB
6) S32 Connector for room temp / Heat exchanger thermistor

1) V1 Varistor
∗ Refer to page 257 for more detail.
6) LED3 (RED) LED for HOME LEAVE operation
Control PCB Detail (PCB 1)

" Refer to PCB (1) Control on P60.
Display PCB Detail (PCB 2)

S1 SW1
Pb Free

1.4 Floor / Ceiling Suspended Dual Type

Connectors
1) S6 Connector for swing motor (horizontal swing)

3) S8 Connector for swing motor (vertical swing)
4) S21 Connector for centralized control
5) S24 Connector for display PCB
6) S25, S27, S36 Connector for control PCB
8) S31 Connector for room temperature thermistor
10) S37 Connector for power supply PCB

1) V1 Varistor
∗ Refer to page 257 for detail.
4) SW2 Select switch ceiling or floor
7) LED3 (RED) LED for HOME LEAVE operation
Control PCB (PCB 1)
Pb Free
S21
SW2
S26
S8
S6
12V Check
S32
S24 JC 5V Check S37 GND

JB
JA

Power Supply PCB (PCB 2)
S36
Display PCB (PCB 3)
Pb Free
Signal Receiver PCB (PCB 4)

Pb Free
SW1
S31

1.5 Floor Standing Type

Connectors
1) S6 Connector for swing motor and lower air outlet motor

2) S21 Connector for HA
3) S23 Connector for signal receiver
4) S31, S32 Connector for room temperature / heat exchanger thermistor
5) S201, S203, Connector for power supply PCB (1)
S7, S24, S26
6) S202, S204, Connector for control PCB (2)
S8
7) S25 Connector for display PCB (3)
8) S301, S302 Connector for fan motors
Note: Other Designations

1) V1 Varistor
2) FU Fuse
3) LED11 LED for operation
4) LED12 LED for timer
5) LED14 LED for HOME LEAVE operation
Power Supply PCB (PCB 1)
PCB1
S202
S8 S204

Control PCB (PCB 2)

Display PCB (PCB 3)
Signal Receiver PCB (PCB 4)
Pb Free
S25 S302 S301

S6
Pb Free
S23
PCB 3
S26
S21
S24
LED 14
PCB 4
PCB 2
LED 12
S201
Pb Free
LED 11
S203 S32 S31 S7 V1 FU

1.6 Outdoor Units

Connectors
1) S20 Connector for electronic expansion valve coil A port

2) S21 Connector for electronic expansion valve coil B port
3) S22 Connector for electronic expansion valve coil C port
4) S23 Connector for electronic expansion valve coil D port
5) S31 Connector for CN14
6) S32 Connector for CN11
7) S33 Connector for S34
8) S40 Connector for overload relay
9) S71 Connector for S72
10)S80 Connector for four way valve coil
11)S90 Connector for thermistor
(outdoor air, heat exchanger, and discharge pipe)
12)S92 Connector for gas pipe thermistor
13)S93 Connector for discharge pipe thermistor
Note: Other Designations

1) LED A, LED 1 to 4 Service Monitor LED
Control PCB
LED A
LED 1
LED 2
LED 3
LED 4
S32
S33
S71
S31
S80
S20 S40
S23 S93 S22 S21
S92 S90

SiE12-411
Part 4
Function and Control
1. Main Functions......................................................................................70
1.1 Frequency Principle................................................................................70
1.2 Power-Airflow Dual Flaps, Wide Angle Louvers and Auto-Swing ..........72
1.3 Fan Speed Control for Indoor Units........................................................73
1.4 Programme Dry Function .......................................................................74
1.5 Automatic Operation...............................................................................75
1.6 Night Set Mode.......................................................................................76
1.7 Intelligent Eye.........................................................................................77
1.8 Home Leave Operation ..........................................................................79
1.9 Inverter Powerful Operation ...................................................................80
1.10 Other Functions......................................................................................81
2. Function of Main Structural Parts..........................................................83
2.1 Main Structural Parts..............................................................................83
2.2 Function of Thermistor ...........................................................................84
3. Control Specification .............................................................................88
3.1 Mode Hierarchy ......................................................................................88
3.2 Frequency Control..................................................................................89
3.3 Controls at Mode Changing / Start-up....................................................91
3.4 Discharge Pipe Control ..........................................................................92
3.5 Input Current Control..............................................................................92
3.6 Freeze-up Protection Control .................................................................93
3.7 Heating Peak-cut Control .......................................................................93
3.8 Fan Control.............................................................................................94
3.9 Moisture Protection Function 2...............................................................94
3.10 Defrost Control .......................................................................................95
3.11 Low Hz High Pressure Limit ...................................................................95
3.12 Electronic Expansion Valve Control .......................................................96
3.13 Malfunctions .........................................................................................101
3.14 Forced Operation Mode .......................................................................102
3.15 Wiring-Error Check...............................................................................103
3.16 Additional Function...............................................................................105
Function and Control 69

Main Functions SiE12-411
1. Main Functions
Note: See the list of functions for the functions applicable to different models.
1.1 Frequency Principle

Main Control The compressor is frequency-controlled during normal operation. The target frequency is set by
Parameters the following 2 parameters coming from the operating indoor unit:
" The load condition of the operating indoor unit
" The difference between the room temperature and the set temperature
Additional The target frequency is adapted by additional parameters in the following cases:
Control " Frequency restrictions
Parameters " Initial settings
" Forced cooling / heating operation
Inverter Principle To regulate the capacity, a frequency control is needed. The inverter makes it possible to vary
the rotation speed of the compressor. The following table explains the conversion principle:
Phase Description
1 The supplied AC power source is converted into the DC power source for the present.
2 The DC power source is reconverted into the three phase AC power source with variable
frequency.
" When the frequency increases, the rotation speed of the compressor increases resulting
in an increased refrigerant circulation. This leads to a higher amount of the heat
exchange per unit.
" When the frequency decreases, the rotation speed of the compressor decreases
resulting in a decreased refrigerant circulation. This leads to a lower amount of the heat
exchange per unit.
Drawing of The following drawing shows a schematic view of the inverter principle:
Inverter
Refrigerant circulation rate (high)
high speed
Amount of heat Amount of heat
exchanged air (large) exchanged air (large)
high f
power
power
DC
AC
Amount of heat low f

Amount of heat
exchanged air (small) exchanged air (small)
low speed
freq= 50 Hz capacity=
constant 60 Hz freq=variable variable
Refrigerant circulation rate (low) (R2812)
70 Function and Control

SiE12-411 Main Functions
Inverter Features The inverter provides the following features:

" The regulating capacity can be changed according to the changes in the outdoor air
temperature and cooling / heating load.
" Quick heating and quick cooling
The compressor rotational speed is increased when starting the heating (or cooling). This
enables a quick set temperature.
Air discharge
temperature
45°C
inverter
normal heat pump
Start 60 120 300 seconds

(R1187)
" Even during extreme cold weather, the high capacity is achieved. It is maintained even when
the outdoor air temperature is 2°C.
" Comfortable air conditioning
A detailed adjustment is integrated to ensure a fixed room temperature. It is possible to air
condition with a small room temperature variation.
" Energy saving heating and cooling
Once the set temperature is reached, the energy saving operation enables to maintain the
room temperature at low power.
Frequency Limits The following table shows the functions that define the minimum and maximum frequency:
Frequency limits Limited during the activation of following functions
Low " Four way valve operation compensation. Refer to page 91.
High " Input current control. Refer to page 92.
" Compressor protection function. Refer to page 91.
" Heating Peak-cut control. Refer to page 93.
" Freeze-up protection. Refer to page 93.
" Defrost control. Refer to page 95.
Forced Cooling / For more information, refer to “Forced operation mode” on page 102.
Heating Operation

1.2 Power-Airflow Dual Flaps, Wide Angle Louvers and

Auto-Swing
Power-airflow The large flaps send a large volume of air downwards to the floor. The flap provides an optimum
Dual Flaps control area in cooling, heating and dry mode.
Heating Mode
During heating mode, the large flap enables direct warm air straight downwards. The flap
presses the warm air above the floor to reach the entire room.
Cooling Mode
During cooling mode, the flap retracts into the indoor unit. Then, cool air can be blown far and
pervaded all over the room.
Wide-Angle The louvres, made of elastic synthetic resin, provide a wide range of airflow that guarantees a
Louvers comfortable air distribution.
Auto-Swing In case of Wall Mounted Type 50 / 60 / 71 Class

The following table explains the auto-swing process for heating, cooling, dry and fan :
Horizontal Swing
Vertical Swing (up and down) (right and left)
Heating Cooling Dry Fan Heating, Cooling
15° 10° 5° 5°
15° 5° 5° 50°
40° 10° 35° 50°
55° 55° 40° 35° 55°
55°
(R2813) (R2814) (R2815) (R2816) (R2817)
Outline of 3-D Alternative repetition of vertical and horizontal swing motions enables uniform air-conditioning of
Airflow the entire room. This function is effective for starting the air conditioner.
Detail of the When the horizontal swing and vertical swing are both set to auto mode, the airflow become 3-D
Action airflow and the horizontal swing and vertical swing motions are alternated. The order of swing
motion is such that it turns counterclockwise, starting from the right upper point as viewed to the
front side of the indoor unit.
2 1
3 4
(R1024)

1.3 Fan Speed Control for Indoor Units

Control Mode The airflow rate can be automatically controlled depending on the difference between the set
temperature and the room temperature. This is done through phase control and hall IC control.
For more information about hall IC, refer to the troubleshooting for fan motor on page 172.
Phase Steps Phase control and fan speed control contains 9 steps: LLL, LL, SL, L, ML, M, MH, H and HH.
Step Cooling Heating Dry mode
LLL (Heating thermostat OFF)
LL (Cooling thermostat OFF)
SL (Silent) 20 · 25 · 35kW class :
500 - 860 rpm
L (During powerful operation :
850 - 910 rpm)
ML
50 · 60 · 71kW class :
M 750 - 1000 rpm
(During powerful operation :
MH
1050 rpm)
H (R2818) (R2818)
HH (Powerful)
= Within this range the airflow rate is automatically controlled when the FAN setting
button is set to automatic.
Note: 1. During powerful operation, fan operates H tap + 50 - 90 rpm.

2. Fan stops during defrost operation.
Automatic Air The following drawing explains the principle for fan speed control for heating:
Flow Control for Thermostat
Heating setting Phase control
temperature
-0.5°C
L
-1.5°C -1°C Difference between room
ML
and set temperature
-2°C
M
fan speed
(R2819)
Automatic Air The following drawing explains the principle of fan speed control for cooling:
Flow Control for fan speed
Cooling
M
+2°C Difference between room
ML and set temperature
+1.5°C +1°C
L
+0.5°C
Thermostat
setting
temperature Phase control (R2820)

1.4 Programme Dry Function

Programme dry function removes humidity while preventing the room temperature from
lowering.
Since the microcomputer controls both the temperature and air flow volume, the temperature
adjustment and fan adjustment buttons are inoperable in this mode.
In Case of The microcomputer automatically sets the temperature and fan settings. The difference
Inverter Units between the room temperature at startup and the temperature set by the microcomputer is
divided into two zones. Then, the unit operates in the dry mode with an appropriate capacity for
each zone to maintain the temperature and humidity at a comfortable level.
Room temperature at Temperature (ON point) Frequency switching Temperature difference
startup at which operation starts point for operation stop
Room temperature at
24ºC 1.5ºC
startup
0.5ºC
18ºC
18ºC 1.0ºC
17ºC
—
ON point
Frequency 0.5°C
switching
point
OFF point
5 min 5 min
Compressor
LHz Stop LHz Stop LHz Stop
control
*55Hz Extra-low air flow *55Hz
Indoor unit fan Extra-low air flow Stop Stop Stop
Low air flow Low air flow

LHz indicates low frequency. Item marked with varies depending on models.
(R1359)

1.5 Automatic Operation

Automatic Cooling / Heating Function (Heat Pump Only)
When the AUTO mode is selected with the remote controller, the microcomputer automatically
determines the operation mode from cooling and heating according to the room temperature
and setting temperature at the time of the operation startup, and automatically operates in that
mode.
The unit automatically switches the operation mode to cooling or heating to maintain the room
temperature at the main unit setting temperature.
Detailed 1. Remote controller setting temperature is set as automatic cooling / heating setting
Explanation of temperature (18 to 30°C).
the Function 2. Main unit setting temperature equals remote controller setting temperature plus correction
value (correction value / cooling: 0 deg, heating: 2 deg.).
3. Operation ON / OFF point and mode switching point are as follows.
1 Heating → Cooling switching point:
Room temperature ≥ Main unit setting temperature +2.5 deg.
2 Cooling → Heating switching point:
Room temperature < Main unit setting temperature –2.5 deg.
3 Thermostat ON / OFF point is the same as the ON / OFF point of cooling or heating
operation.
4. During initial operation
Room temperature ≥ Remote controller setting temperature: Cooling operation
Room temperature < Remote controller setting temperature: Heating operation
Heating /
2.5 deg.
cooling switching point
or higher
(Heating thermostat
(1.5 deg.)
OFF point)
or higher
Main unit setting
temperature
Less than
(Cooling thermostat
(1.5 deg.)
OFF point)
Cooling / 2.5 deg.
heating switching point Cooling Heating Cooling or higher
operation operation operation
With compressor capacity supplied

With no compressor capacity supplied
(R1360)

1.6 Night Set Mode

When the OFF timer is set, the Night Set circuit automatically activates.
The Night Set circuit maintains the airflow setting made by users.
The Night Set The Night Set circuit continues heating or cooling the room at the set temperature for the first
Circuit one hour, then automatically lowers the temperature setting slightly in the case of cooling, or
raises it slightly in the case of heating, for economical operations. This prevents excessive
heating in winter and excessive cooling in summer to ensure comfortable sleeping conditions,
and also conserves electricity.
Cooling Operation
Temperature
setting +1°C
0.5°C
Temperature
setting +0.5°C
0.5°C Temperature
setting
Operation stops
1 hour 30 minutes at the set hours
Timer operation +0.5°C +0.5°C temperature shift
Night Set Circuit ON temperature shift
Temperature setting remains the same
When outside temperature is normal and
room temperature is at set temperature
When outside temperature is high (27°C or higher).
Heating Operation
2°C
Thermostat
setting
Timer operation 1 hour later

Night Set Circuit ON

1.7 Intelligent Eye

This is the function that detects existence of humans in the room by a human motion sensor
(Intelligent Eye) and reduces the capacity when there is no human in the room in order to save
electricity.
Processing 1. Detection method by Intelligent Eye

If the sensor detects the outputs 10 times/sec.
sampling (20msec) or more, it judges humans exist.
1sec
High
Sensor output
Low
(Human motion)
Human detection ON
signal OFF (R2821)
" This sensor detects human motion by receiving infrared rays and displays the pulse wave
output.
" A microcomputer in an indoor unit carries out a sampling every 20 msec. and if it detects 10
cycles of the wave in one second in total (corresponding to 20msec.× 10 = 100msec.), it
judges human is in the room as the motion signal is ON.
2. The motions (for example: in cooling)
within 20
minutes. 20 min. 20 min.
40 min.
Human detection ON
signal OFF
RESET.
C/O Set temp. + 2°C

H/P Set temp. - 2°C
Set temp.
MaxHz Frequency at set temp. + 2°C
Compressor MinHz
speed 0Hz
The lower limit by detecting
human. in case of
(Prohibition of thermostat-off) thermostat-off
Remote controller
Intelligent Eye ON
button OFF
Operation ON
OFF
Fan speed (H1) Set speed Set speed

Set speed - 50 rpm
OFF
(R2822)
" When a microcomputer doesn’t have a signal from the sensor in 20 minutes, it judges that
nobody is in the room and operates the unit in temperature sifted 2°C from the set
temperature. (Cooling : 2°C higher, Dry: 1°C higher and Auto : according to the operation
mode at that time.)
H1 In case of Fan mode, the fan speed reduces by 50 rpm.

" Since the set temperature is shifted by 2°C higher for 40 minutes, compressor speed
becomes low and can realize energy saving operation. But as thermostat is prone to be off
by the fact that the set temperature has been shifted, the thermostat-off action is prohibited
in 40 minutes so as to prevent this phenomena.
After this 40 minutes, the prohibition of the thermostat-off is cancelled and it can realize the
conditions to conduct thermostat-off depending on the room temperature. In or after this forty
minutes, if the sensor detects human motion detection signal, it let the set temperature and
the fan speed return to the original set point, keeping a normal operation.
Others " The dry operation can’t command the setting temperature with a remote controller, but
internally the set temperature is shifted by 1°C.

1.8 Home Leave Operation

Outline In order to respond to the customer's need for immediate heating and cooling of the room after
returning home or for house care, a measure to switch the temperature and air volume from that
for normal time over to outing time by one touch is provided. (This function responds also to the
need for keeping up with weak cooling or heating.)
This time, we seek for simplicity of operation by providing the special temperature and air
volume control for outing to be set by the exclusive button.
Detail of the 1. Start of Function

Control The function starts when the [HOME LEAVE] button is pressed in cooling mode or heating
mode (including stopping and powerful operation). If this button is pressed while the operation is
stopped, the function becomes effective when the operation is started. If this button is pressed
in powerful operation, the powerful operation is reset and this function becomes effective.
" The [HOME LEAVE] button is ineffective in dry mode and fan mode.
2. Details of Function
A mark representing [HOME LEAVE] is indicated on the liquid crystal display of the remote
controller. The indoor unit is operated according to the set temperature and air volume for
HOME LEAVE which were pre-set in the memory of the remote controller.
The LED (Red) of indoor unit representing [HOME LEAVE] lights up. (It goes out when the
operation is stopped.)
3. End of Function
The function ends when the [HOME LEAVE] button is pressed again during [HOME LEAVE]
operation or when the powerful operation button is pressed.
Scene <cooling>
“Home leave
operation”
set temp. Home leave operation
Set temp.
Normal operation Normal operation
Time
Start “Home leave operation” Stop “Home leave operation”
Scene <Heating>
“Home leave
operation”
set temp.
Home leave operation
Set temp.
Normal operation Normal operation
Time
Start “Home leave operation” Stop “Home leave operation”
Others The set temperature and set air volume are memorized in the remote controller. When the
remote controller is reset due to replacement of battery, it is necessary to set the temperature
and air volume again for [HOME LEAVE].

1.9 Inverter Powerful Operation

Outline In order to exploit the cooling and heating capacity to full extent, operate the air conditioner by
increasing the indoor fan rotating speed and the compressor frequency.
Details of the When Powerful button is pushed in each operation mode, the fan speed / setting temperature
Control will be converted to the following states in a period of twenty minutes.
In case of Wall Mounted Type 50 / 60 / 71 Class.
Operation mode Fan speed Target set temperature
Cooling H tap + 90 rpm 18°C
Dry Dry rotating speed + Normally targeted
50 rpm temperature in dry
operation; Approx. - 2°C
Heating H tap + 90 rpm 30°C
Fan H tap + 90 rpm —
Automatic Same as cooling / The target is kept
heating in Powerful unchanged
operation
Ex.) : Powerful operation in cooling mode.
Target temp.
Set temp.
It should be the lower limit of cooling temperature.
18°C
Powerful ON It counts 20 min. also in the remote controller.
Powerful OFF
Fan
Ending condition: "or" in 1 to 3
80rpm 1. TPF ends.
2. Stop
H tap 3. Powerful operation is OFF.
TPF=(20min.)
Set tap
(R2823)

1.10 Other Functions

1.10.1 Hot Start Function
Heat Pump Only
In order to prevent the cold air blast that normally comes when heating is started, the
temperature of the heat exchanger of the indoor unit is detected, and either the air flow is
stopped or is made very weak thereby carrying out comfortable heating of the room.
*The cold air blast is also prevented using a similar control when the defrosting operation is
started or when the thermostat gets turned ON.
1.10.2 Signal Receiving Sign

When the indoor unit receives a signal from the remote controller, the unit emits a signal
receiving sound.
1.10.3 ON/OFF Button on Indoor Unit

An ON/OFF switch is provided on the front panel of the unit. Use this switch when the remote
controller is missing or if its battery has run out.
Every press of the switch changes from Operation to Stop or from Stop to Operation
In case of Wall Mounted Type 50 / 60 / 71 Class.
ON/OFF
ON / OFF button
(R2824)
" Push this button once to start operation. Push once again to stop it.
" This button is useful when the remote controller is missing.
" The operation mode refers to the following table.
Mode Temperature setting Air flow rate
Cooling Only COOL 22ºC AUTO
Heat Pump AUTO 25ºC AUTO
" In the case of multi system operation, there are times when the unit does not activate with
this button.
1.10.4 Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter

Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter demonstrates powerful oxidation characteristics when
subjected to harmless ultraviolet light. Photocatalytic deodorizing power is recovered simply by
exposing the filter to the sun for 6 hours once every 6 months.
1.10.5 Air-Purifying Filter

A double structure made up of a bacteriostatic filter and an Air-Purifying Filter traps dust,
mildew, mites, tobacco smoke, and allergy-causing pollen. Replace the Air-Purifying Filter once
every 3 months.
1.10.6 Air Purifying Filter with Photocatalytic Deodorizing Function

This filter incorporates the benefits the Air Purifying Filter and Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter
in a single unit. Combining the two filters in this way increases the active surface area of the
new filter. This larger surface area allows the filter to effectively trap microscopic particles,
decompose odours and deactivate bacteria and viruses even for the high volume of air required
to air-condition large living rooms. The filter can be used for approximately 3 years if periodic
maintenance is performed.
1.10.7 Mold Proof Air Filter

The filter net is treated with mold resisting agent TBZ (harmless, colorless, and odorless). Due
to this treatment, the amount of mold growth is much smaller than that of normal filters.

1.10.8 Self-Diagnosis Digital Display

The microcomputer continuously monitors main operating conditions of the indoor unit, outdoor
unit and the entire system. When an abnormality occur, the LCD remote controller displays error
code. These indications allow prompt maintenance operations.
1.10.9 Auto-restart Function

Even if a power failure (including one for just a moment) occurs during the operation, the
operation restarts in the condition before power failure automatically when power is restored.
(Note) It takes 3 minutes to restart the operation because the 3-minute standby function is
activated.

SiE12-411 Function of Main Structural Parts
2. Function of Main Structural Parts

2.1 Main Structural Parts
1. Compressor
A Swing compressor, being operated by INV control.
Heat Pump Model

4 Expansion valve
Receiver EVA
EVB
EVC
EVD
SV
D 3 Solenoid valve
2 Four-way valve
1 Compressor (R2433)
Cooling Only
Model 4 Expansion valve
EVA
EVB
EVC
EVD
1 Compressor (R2434)
Note: 1. Expansion Valve : In Case of 2MK(X).....EVA-B, 3MK(X).....EVA-C, 4MK(X).....EVA-D,

2. Liquid pipe thermistor : R410A Type only

Function of Main Structural Parts SiE12-411
2.2 Function of Thermistor

2.2.1 Heat Pump Model
E
4 Expansion valve
EVA
A EVB
EVC
EVD
Receiver
SV 3 Solenoid valve
D
2 Four-way valve
D
B 1 Compressor
C (R2435)
A Outdoor Heat 1. An outdoor heat exchanger thermistor is used for controlling a target discharge temperature.
Exchanger Set a target discharge temperature depending on an outdoor and indoor heat exchanger
Thermistor (DCB) temperature.
Control the electronic expansion valve opening so that the target discharge temperature can
be obtained.
2. An outdoor heat exchanger thermistor is used for detecting a disconnected discharge pipe
thermistor when cooling.
When the temperature of the discharge piping is lower than the temperature of outdoor heat
exchanger, a disconnected discharge pipe thermistor can be detected.
B Discharge 1. Discharge pipe thermistor is used to control a discharge pipe.

Pipe Thermistor If the temperature of discharge pipe (used in place of the inner temperature of the
(DOT) compressor) rises abnormally, the operating frequency drops or the operation must be
halted.
2. A discharge pipe thermistor is used for detecting a disconnected discharge pipe thermistor.
C Gas Pipe 1. When cooling: a gas pipe thermistor is used for gas pipe isothermal control.
Thermistor (DGN) Control electronic expansion valve opening so that a gas pipe temperature in each room
becomes equal.

D Indoor Heat 1. An indoor heat exchanger thermistor is used for controlling target discharge pipe
Exchanger temperature.
Thermistor (DCN) Set a target discharge pipe temperature according to the outdoor and indoor heat exchanger
temperature.
Control the electronic expansion valve so that the target discharge pipe temperature can be
obtained.
2. An indoor heat exchanger thermistor is used to prevent freezing.
During the cooling operation, if the temperature drops abnormally, the operating frequency
becomes lower, then the operation must be halted.
3. An indoor heat exchanger thermistor is used for anti-icing control.
During the cooling operation, if the heat exchanger temperature in the room where operation
is halted becomes -1°C, or if the room temperature - heat exchanger temperature in the
room where operation is halted becomes ≥10°C, it is assumed as icing.
4. During heating: an indoor heat exchanger thermistor is used for detecting a disconnected
discharge pipe thermistor.
When a discharge pipe temperature become lower than an indoor heat exchanger
temperature, a disconnected discharge pipe thermistor can be detected.
5. An indoor heat exchanger thermistor is used for detecting incorrect wiring.
During the operation of checking incorrect wiring, refrigerant is passed in order from the port
A to detect a heat exchanger temperature, and then wiring and piping will be checked.
6. An indoor heat exchanger thermistor is used for sub-cooling control.
An actual sub-cooling must be calculated from an indoor liquid pipe temperature and a heat
exchanger temperature. The indoor heat exchanger thermistor controls the electronic
expansion valve opening to get a target sub-cooling.
7. An indoor heat exchanger thermistor is used for heating isothermal control of heat
exchanger.
When heating: if the difference in temperature of each room is greater than 8°C, the
electronic expansion valve of the room whose temperature is the higher is opened.
E Indoor Liquid 1. When heating: used for a sub-cooling control.

Pipe Thermistor Calculate an actual sub-cooling from the temperature of indoor liquid pipes and a heat
(DLN) exchanger temperature.
Actual sub-cooling
A maximum heat exchanger temperature in each room - adjust the opening of the electronic
expansion valve so that the liquid pipe temperature of each room becomes an target sub-
cooling.

Function of Main Structural Parts SiE12-411
2.2.2 Cooling Only Model
4 Expansion valve
EVA
EVB
A EVC
EVD
B D
1 Compressor
(R2436)
C
A Outdoor Heat 1. An outdoor heat exchanger thermistor is used for controlling a target discharge temperature.
Exchanger Set a target discharge temperature depending on an outdoor and indoor heat exchanger
Thermistor (DCB) temperature.
Control the electronic expansion valve opening so that the target discharge temperature can
be obtained.
2. When cooling: an outdoor heat exchanger thermistor is used for detecting a disconnected
When the temperature of the discharge piping is lower than the temperature of outdoor heat
exchanger, a disconnected discharge pipe thermistor can be detected.
B Discharge 1. Discharge pipe thermistor is used to control a discharge pipe.

Pipe Thermistor If the temperature of discharge pipe (used in place of the inner temperature of the
(DOT) compressor) rises abnormally, the operating frequency drops or the operation must be
halted.
2. A discharge pipe thermistor is used for detecting a disconnected discharge pipe thermistor.
C Gas Pipe 1. When cooling: a gas pipe thermistor is used for gas pipe isothermal control.
Thermistor (DGN) Control electronic expansion valve opening so that a gas pipe temperature in each room
becomes equal.

D Indoor Heat 1. An indoor heat exchanger thermistor is used for controlling target discharge pipe
Exchanger temperature.
Thermistor (DCN) Set a target discharge pipe temperature according to the outdoor and indoor heat exchanger
temperature.
Control the electronic expansion valve opening so that the target discharge pipe
temperature can be obtained.
2. An indoor heat exchanger thermistor is used to prevent freezing.
During the cooling operation, if the temperature drops abnormally, the operating frequency
becomes lower, then the operation must be halted.
3. An indoor heat exchanger thermistor is used for anti-icing control.
During the cooling operation, if the heat exchanger temperature in the room where operation
is halted becomes -1°C, or if the room temperature - heat exchanger in the room where
operation is halted becomes ≥10°C, it is assumed as icing.
4. An indoor heat exchanger thermistor is used for detecting incorrect wiring.
During the operation of checking incorrect wiring, refrigerant is passed in order from the port
A to detect a heat exchanger temperature, and then wiring and piping will be checked.

Control Specification SiE12-411
3. Control Specification
3.1 Mode Hierarchy
Outline There are two modes; the mode selected in user’s place (normal air conditioning mode) and
forced operation mode for installation and providing service.
Detail Air Conditioner’s Control Mode

1. For heat pump model
There are following modes; stop, cooling (includes drying), heating (include defrosting)
Air conditioner control mode
Forced operating mode
Forced cooling
Forced heating
Check incorrect wiring
Normal operating mode
Cooling
Heating
Defrosting
Stop mode (except for cooling/heating modes by indoor command)
Preheat operation
During C (capacitor) is discharging
Stop
(R1373)
2. For cooling only model

There are following models; stop and cooling (including drying).
Air conditioner control mode
Forced operating mode
Forced cooling
Check incorrect wiring
Normal operating mode
Cooling
Stop mode (except for cooling modes by indoor command)
Preheat operation
During C (capacitor) is discharging
Stop
(R1374)
Note: Unless specified otherwise, an indoor dry operation command must be regarded as cooling
operation. An indoor fan operation command cannot be made in a multiple indoor unit. (A forced
fan command to the indoor unit from the outdoor unit must be made during forced operation.)
Determine Operating Mode

Judge the operating mode command set by each room in accordance with the instructing
procedure, and determine the operating mode of the system.
The following procedure will be taken as the modes conflict with each other.
*1.The system will follow the mode determined first. (First-push, first-set)
*2.For the rooms set with different mode, select stand-by mode. (Operation lamp flashes)

SiE12-411 Control Specification
3.2 Frequency Control

Outline Frequency that corresponds to each room’s capacity will be determined according to the
difference in the temperature of each room and the temperature that is set by the remote
controller.
The function is explained as follows.
1. How to determine frequency.
2. Frequency command from an indoor unit. (The difference between a room temperature and
the temperature set by the remote controller.)
3. Frequency command from an indoor unit. (The ranked capacity of the operating room).
4. Frequency initial setting.
5. PI control.
Frequency changes by PI control < repeats when frequency becomes lower
Command frequency X repeats when frequency becomes lower
Each drooping function
Input current control, etc.
Upper limit frequency Each upper limit function

Compressor protection function
Command frequency Limit frequency Skip control Target frequency
Initial frequency Lower limit frequency Each lower limit function

PI control FMIN Four-way valve operating compensation, etc. (*)
Defrost control (*) *; only for heat pump model
(R1375)
Detail How to Determine Frequency

The compressor’s frequency will finally be determined by taking the following steps.
For Heat Pump Model

1. Determine command frequency
" Command frequency will be determined in the following order of priority.
1.1 Limiting frequency by drooping function
" Input current, discharge pipes, low Hz high pressure limit, peak cutting, freeze-up protection,
dew prevention, fin thermistor temperature.
1.2 Limiting defrost control time
1.3 Forced cooling / heating
1.4 Indoor frequency command
2. Determine upper limit frequency
" Set a minimum value as an upper limit frequency among the frequency upper limits of the
following functions:
Compressor protection, input current, discharge pipes, Low Hz high pressure, peak cutting,
freeze-up protection, defrost.
3. Determine lower limit frequency
" Set a maximum value as an lower limit frequency among the frequency lower limits of the
Four way valve operating compensation, draft prevention, pressure difference upkeep.
4. Determine prohibited frequency
" There is a certain prohibited frequency such as a power supply frequency.
For Cooling Only Model

1. Determine command frequency
" Command frequency will be determined in the following order of priority.
1.1 Limiting frequency by drooping function
Input current, discharge pipes, freeze-up protection, dew prevention, fin thermistor temperature.
1.2 Indoor frequency command

2. Determine upper limit frequency

" Set a minimum value as an upper limit frequency among the frequency upper limits of the
Compressor protection, input current, discharge pipes, freeze-up protection, dew prevention,
fin thermistor temperature.
3. Determine lower limit frequency
" Set a maximum value as an lower limit frequency among the frequency lower limits of the
Pressure difference upkeep.
4. Determine prohibited frequency
" There is a certain prohibited frequency such as a power supply frequency.
Indoor Frequency Command (∆D signal)

The difference between a room temperature and the temperature set by the remote controller
will be taken as the “∆D signal” and is used for frequency command.
Temperature ∆D Temperature ∆D Temperature ∆D Temperature ∆D
difference signal difference signal difference signal difference signal
0 ∗Th 2.0 4 4.0 8 6.0 C
OFF
0.5 1 2.5 5 4.5 9 6.5 D
1.0 2 3.0 6 5.0 A 7.0 E
1.5 3 3.5 7 5.5 B 7.5 F
∗Th OFF = Thermostat OFF
Indoor Unit Capacity (S value)
The capacity of the indoor unit is a “S” value and is used for frequency command.
Capacity S value Capacity S value
2.5 kW 25 5.0 kW 50
3.5 kW 35 6.0 kW 60
Frequency Initial Setting
" Outline
When starting the compressor, or when conditions are varied due to the change of the operating
room, the frequency must be initialized according to the total of a maximum ∆D value of each
room and a total value of Q (ΣQ) of the operating room (the room in which the thermos is set to
ON).
Q value: Indoor unit output determined from indoor unit volume, air flow rate and other factors.
PI Control (Determine Frequency Up / Down by ∆D Signal)

1. P control
Calculate a total of the ∆D value in each sampling time (20 seconds), and adjust the
frequency according to its difference from the frequency previously calculated.
2. I control
If the operating frequency is not change more than a certain fixed time, adjust the frequency
up and down according to the Σ∆D value, obtaining the fixed Σ∆D value.
When the Σ∆D value is small...lower the frequency.
When the Σ∆D value is large...increase the frequency.
3. Limit of frequency variation width
When the difference between input current and input current drooping value is less than 1.5
A, the frequency increase width must be limited.
4. Frequency management when other controls are functioning
" When each frequency is drooping;
Frequency management is carried out only when the frequency droops.
" For limiting lower limit
Frequency management is carried out only when the frequency rises.
5. Upper and lower limit of frequency by PI control
The frequency upper and lower limits are set depending on the total of S values of a room.
When low noise commands come from the indoor unit more than one room or when outdoor
unit low noise or quiet commands come from all the rooms, the upper limit frequency must
be lowered than the usual setting.

3.3 Controls at Mode Changing / Start-up

3.3.1 Preheating Operation
Outline Operate the inverter in the open phase operation with the conditions including the preheating
command (only for heat pump model) from the indoor, the outdoor air temperature and
discharge pipe temperature.
Detail Preheating ON Condition

" When outdoor air temperature is below 10.5°C and discharge pipe temperature is below
10.5°C, inverter in open phase operation starts.
OFF Condition
" When outdoor air temperature is higher than 12°C or discharge pipe temperature is higher
than 12°C, inverter in open phase operation stops.
3.3.2 Four Way Valve Switching

Outline of heating Heat Pump Only
operation During the heating operation current must be conducted and during cooling and defrosting
current must not be conducted. In order to eliminate the switching sound (as the four way valve
coil switches from ON to OFF) when the heating is stopped, the delay switch of the four way
valve must be carried out after the operation stopped.
Detail The OFF delay of four way valve

Energize the coil for 150 sec after unit operation is stopped.
3.3.3 Four Way Valve Operation Compensation

Outline Heat Pump Only
At the beginning of the operation as the four way valve is switched, acquire the differential
pressure required for activating the four way valve by having output the operating frequency,
which is more than a certain fixed frequency, for a certain fixed time.
Detail Staring Conditions

1. When starting compressor for heating.
2. When the operating mode changes from the previous time.
3. When starting compressor for rushing defrosting or resetting.
4. When starting compressor for the first time after the reset with the power is ON.
Set the lower limit frequency to 55 (model by model) Hz for 70 seconds with the OR
conditions with 1 through 4 above.
3.3.4 3 Minutes Stand-by

Prohibit to turn ON the compressor for 3 minutes after turning it off.
(Except when defrosting. (Only for Heat Pump Model).)
3.3.5 Compressor Protection Function

When turning the compressor from OFF to ON, the upper limit of frequency must be set as
follows. (The function must not be used when defrosting (only for heat pump model).)
Frequency
2YC32 2YC45 FCG3
FCG 3 85 80 FCG2
FCG1
FCG 2 70 65
FCG 1 55 55
TCG120 sec TCG200 sec TCG470 sec Time

3.4 Discharge Pipe Control

Outline The discharge pipe temperature is used as the compressor's internal temperature. If the
discharge pipe temperature rises above a certain level, the operating frequency upper limit is
set to keep this temperature from going up further.
Detail Divide the Zone
120°C Stop zone

111°C Drooping zone
109°C
Reset Unchanged
zone zone 107°C
Return zone
Management within the Zone

Zone Control contents
Stop zone When the temperature reaches the stop zone, stop the compressor and
correct abnormality.
Drooping zone Start the timer, and the frequency will be drooping.
Unchanged zone Keep the frequency upper limit.
Return / Reset zone Cancel the frequency upper limit.
3.5 Input Current Control

Outline Detect an input current by the CT during the compressor is running, and set the frequency
upper limit from such input current.
In case of heat pump model, this control is the upper limit control function of the frequency
which takes priority of the lower limit of four way valve activating compensation.
Detail The frequency control will be made within the following zones.
2 Hz drooping
1.0 second after After 2.5 seconds
rushing in the
drooping zone Compressor stops
I1 Stop zone
Input current
I 2 drooping Drooping zone
Unchanged
I3 zone
Reset zone
When a “stop current” continues for 2.5 seconds after rushing on the stop zone, the compressor
operation stops.
If a “drooping current” is continues for 1.0 second after rushing on the drooping zone, the
frequency will be 2 Hz drooping.
Repeating the above drooping continues until the current rushes on the drooping zone without change.
In the unchanged zone, the frequency limit will remain.
In the return / reset zone, the frequency limit will be cancelled.
Limitation of current drooping and stop value according to the outdoor air temperature
1. In case the operation mode is cooling
" The current droops when outdoor air temperature becomes higher than a certain level
(model by model).
2. In case the operation mode is heating (only for heat pump model)
" The current droops when outdoor air temperature becomes higher than a certain level
(model by model).

3.6 Freeze-up Protection Control

Outline During cooling operation, the signals being sent from the indoor unit allow the operating
frequency limitation and then prevent freezing of the indoor heat exchanger. (The signal from
the indoor unit must be divided into the zones as the followings.
Detail Conditions for Start Controlling

Judge the controlling start with the indoor heat exchanger temperature after 2 sec from
operation start and after 30 sec from changing number of operation room.
Control in Each Zone
Heat exchanger
thermistor temperature Return / Reset zone
A Up zone
B Unchanged zone
C Drooping zone
D Stop zone
E
3.7 Heating Peak-cut Control

During heating operation, the signals being sent form the indoor unit allow the operating
frequency limitation and prevent abnormal high pressure. (The signal from the indoor unit must
be divided as follows.)
Detail Conditions for Start Controlling

Judge the controlling start with the indoor heat exchanger temperature after 2 min from
operation start and after A sec from changing number of operation room.
Control in Each Zone
The maximum value of heat exchange intermediate temperature of each indoor unit controls the
following (excluding stopped rooms).
A Stop zone
When increase 30
When decrease 2 Drooping zone
Unchanged zone
Up zone
Heat exchanger
thermistor Reset zone
temperature

3.8 Fan Control

Outline Fan control is carried out according to the following priority.
1. Fan ON control for electric component cooling fan
2. Fan control when defrosting
3. Fan OFF delay when stopped
4. ON/OFF control when cooling operation
5. Fan control when the number of heating rooms decreases
6. Tap control when drooping function is working
7. Fan control when forced operation
8. Fan control in indoor / outdoor silent operation
9. Fan control in the powerful mode
10. Fan control for pressure difference upkeep
Detail Fan OFF Control when Stopped

" Fan OFF delay for 60 seconds must be made when the compressor is stopped.
Fan control when the number of heating room decreases (Only for Heat Pump Model)
When the outdoor air temperature is more than 10°C, the fan must be turned OFF for 30
seconds.
Tap Control in Indoor / Outdoor Unit Silent Operation
1. When Cooling Operation
When the outdoor air temperature is less than 37°C, the fan tap must be set to L.
2. When Heating Operation
When the outdoor air temperature is more than 4°C, the fan tap must be turned to L (only for
heat pump model).
3.9 Moisture Protection Function 2

Outline In order to obtain the dependability of the compressor, the compressor must be stopped
according to the conditions of the temperature of the outdoor air and outdoor heat exchanger.
Detail Heat Pump Model

" Operation stop depending on the outdoor air temperature
Compressor operation turns OFF under the conditions that the system is in cooling operation
and outdoor air temperature is below –10°C.
Cooling Only Model

" Operation stops depending on the outdoor air temperature.
Compressor operation turns OFF under the condition that outdoor air temperature is below
–10°C (10°C for R22 type).

3.10 Defrost Control

Defrosting is carried out by the cooling cycle (reverse cycle). The defrosting time or outdoor
heat exchanger temperature must be more than its fixed value when finishing.
Detail Conditions for Starting Defrost

The starting conditions must be made with the outdoor air temperature and heat exchanger
temperature. Under the conditions that the system is in heating operation, 6 minutes after the
compressor is started and more than 47 minutes of accumulated time pass since the start of the
operation or ending the defrosting.
Conditions for Canceling Defrost
The judgment must be made with heat exchanger temperature. (4°C~12°C)
2YC32 : 94Hz
2YC32 : 94Hz 2YC45 : 52Hz
2YC45 : 54Hz
Pl control
43 minutes 0Hz 120 seconds
650 seconds 30 seconds 7 minutes

60 seconds
6 minutes
1 Start Completion
Preparation 0
signal
0 seconds
1
Defrosting
signal 0
Compressor ON
OFF
4-way valve ON
OFF
5 seconds 5 seconds
Fan ON
OFF
Solenoid ON
valve OFF
Operating room 450pps 450pps 450pps Initial opening

Motorized valve
opening
Operation Initial opening
stopped room 140pps
Motorized
valve opening
3.11 Low Hz High Pressure Limit

Set the upper limit of high pressure in a low Hz zone. Set the upper limit of the indoor heat
exchanger temperature by its operating frequency of Hz. Separate into three zones, reset zone,
unchanged zone and drooping zone and the frequency control must be carried out in such
zones.
Detail Separate into Zones
60°C
Drooping zone
Highest heat
exchanger 59°C
temperature Reset zone Unchanged
among the zone 56°C
operating rooms
Note: Drooping: The system stops 2 minutes after staying in the drooping zone.

3.12 Electronic Expansion Valve Control

Outline The following items are included in the electronic expansion valve control.
Electronic expansion valve is fully closed
1. Electronic expansion valve is fully closed when turning on the power.
2. Pressure equalizing control
Room Distribution Control
1. Gas pipe isothermal control
2. SC control (Only for Heat Pump Model)
Open Control
1. Electronic expansion valve control when starting operation
2. Control when frequency changed
3. Control for defrosting (only for heat pump model)
4. Oil recover control
5. Control when a discharge pipe temperature is abnormally high
6. Control when the discharge pipe thermistor is disconnected
7. Control for indoor unit freeze-up protection
Feedback Control
1. Discharge pipe temperature control
Distribution control for each room
1. Liquid pipe temperature control (with all ports connected and all rooms being air-
conditioned)
2. Liquid pipe temperature control for stopped rooms
3. Dew prevention function for indoor rotor

Detail The followings are the examples of control which function in each mode by the electronic
expansion valve control.
Dew prevention control for indoor rotor

Control for abnormally high discharge
Indoor freeze-up protection control
Liquid pipe temperature control for

Control when frequency changed
Liquid pipe temperature control

(only for heat pump model)
Gas pipe isothermal control
Oil recovery control

pipe temperature
stopped rooms
Operation pattern
SC control
: function
× : not function
When power is turned ON
Fully closed when power is turned ON × × × × × × × × ×
Cooling, 1 room operation

Open control when starting × × × × × ×
(Control of target discharge pipe temperature) × × × ×
Cooling, 2 rooms operation

to Control when the operating room is changed × × × × ×
Cooling, 4 rooms operation
(Control of target discharge pipe temperature) × × ×
Stop
Pressure equalizing control × × × × × × × × ×
Heating, 1 room operation

(only for heat Open control when starting × × × × × × × ×
pump model)

(Control of target discharge pipe temperature) × All
rooms × × All
rooms
All
rooms ×
× ×
Heating, 2 rooms operation
to Control when the operating room is changed × × × × × × × ×
Heating, 4 rooms operation
(only for heat
pump model) (Control of target discharge pipe temperature) × All
rooms
× × All
rooms
All
rooms
×
× ×
(Defrost control FD=1) × × × × × × × × ×

(only for heat pump model)
Stop
Pressure equalizing control × × × × × × × × ×
Heating operation
(only for heat Open control when starting × × × × × × × ×
pump model)
Control of discharge pipe
thermistor disconnection Continue × All
rooms × × × × All
rooms
All
rooms ×
× ×
Stop Pressure equalizing control × × × × × × × × ×
(R3056)

3.12.1 Fully Closing with Power ON

Initialize the electronic expansion valve when turning on the power, set the opening position and
develop pressure equalizing.
3.12.2 Pressure Equalization Control

When the compressor is stopped, open and close the electronic expansion valve and develop
pressure equalization.
3.12.3 Opening Limit

Outline Limit a maximum and minimum opening of the electronic expansion valve in the operating room.
Detail " A maximum electronic expansion valve opening in the operating room: 450 pulses
" A minimum electronic expansion valve opening in the operating room: 75 pulses
The electronic expansion valve is fully closed in the room where cooling is stopped and is
opened with fixed opening during defrosting.
3.12.4 Starting Operation Control / Changing Operation Room

Control the electronic expansion valve opening when the system is starting or the operating
room is changed, and prevent the system to be super heated or moistened.
3.12.5 High Temperature of the Discharge Pipe

When the compressor is operating, if the discharge pipe temperature exceeds a certain value,
open the electronic expansion valve and remove the refrigerant to the low pressure side and
lower discharge temperature.
3.12.6 Oil Recovery Function

Outline The electronic expansion valve opening in the cooling stopped room must be set as to open for
a certain time at a specified interval so that the oil in the cooling stopped room may not be
accumulated.
Detail During cooling operation, every 1 hour continuous operation, the electronic expansion valves in
the operation stopped room must be opened by 80 pulses for specified time.
3.12.7 Gas Pipe Isothermal Control During Cooling

When the units are operating in multiple rooms, detect the gas piping temperature and correct
the electronic expansion valve opening so that the temperature of the gas pipe in each room
becomes identical.
" When the gas pipe temperature > the average gas pipe temperature,
→ open the electronic expansion valve in that room
" When the gas pipe temperature < the average gas pipe temperature,
→ close the electronic expansion valve in that room

3.12.8 Target Discharge Pipe Temperature Control

Obtain the target discharge pipe temperature from the indoor and outdoor heat exchange
temperature, and adjust the electronic expansion valve opening so that the actual discharge
pipe temperature become close to that temperature. (Indirect SH control using the discharge
pipe temperature)
Set the target discharge pipe
SC temperature as to become an aiming
SH.
Regard that the inclination cannot be
SH changed due to the operating
condition.
Determine a correction value of the electronic expansion valve compensation and drive it
according to the deflection of the target discharge temperature and actual discharge
temperature, and the discharge temperature variation by the 20 sec.
3.12.9 SC Control
Detect the temperature of liquid pipe and heat exchanger of the rooms and compensate the
electronic expansion valve opening so that the SC of each room becomes the target SC.
" When the actual SC is > target SC, open the electronic expansion valve of the room.
" When the actual SC is < target SC, close the electronic expansion valve of the room.
Detail Start Functioning Conditions

After finishing the open control (660 seconds after the beginning of the operation), control all the
electronic expansion valve in the operating room.
Determine Electronic Expansion Valve Opening
Adjust the electronic expansion valve so that the temperature difference between the maximum
heat exchanger temperature of connected room and the temperature of liquid pipe thermistor
becomes constant.
3.12.10Disconnection of the Discharge Pipe Thermistor

Outline Detect a disconnected discharge pipe thermistor by comparing the discharge pipe temperature
with the condensation temperature. If any is disconnected, open the electronic expansion valve
according to the outdoor air temperature and the operating frequency and operate for a
specified time, and then stop.
After 3 minutes of waiting, restart the unit and check if any is disconnected. If any is
disconnected stop the system after operating for a specified time. If the disconnection is
detected 4 times in succession, then the system will be down.
Detail Detect Disconnection

If a 630-second timer for open control becomes over, and a 9-minute timer for the compressor
operation continuation is not counting time, the following adjustment must be made.
1. When the operation mode is cooling
When the discharge pipe temperature is lower than the outdoor heat exchanger
temperature, the discharge pipe thermistor disconnection must be ascertained.
2. When the operation mode is heating (only for heat pump model)
When the discharge pipe temperature is lower than the max temperature of operating room
heat exchanger, the discharge pipe thermistor disconnection must be ascertained.
Adjustment when the thermistor is disconnected
When compressor stop repeats specified time, the system should be down.

3.12.11Control when frequency is changed

When the target pipe temperature control is active, if the target frequency is changed for a
specified value in a certain time period, cancel the target discharge pipe temperature control
and change the opening of the target electronic expansion valve according to the shift.

3.13 Malfunctions
3.13.1 Sensor Malfunction Detection
Sensor malfunction may occur either in the thermistor or current transformer (CT) system.
Relating to Thermistor Malfunction
1. Outdoor heat exchanger thermistor
2. Discharge pipe thermistor
3. Fin thermistor
4. Gas pipe thermistor
5. Outdoor air temperature thermistor
6. Liquid pipe thermistor
Relating to CT Malfunction
When the output frequency is more than 55 Hz and the input current is less than 1.25A, carry
out abnormal adjustment.
3.13.2 Detection of Overload and Over Current

Outline In order to protect the inverter, detect an excessive output current, and for protecting
compressor, monitor the OL operation.
Detail " If the OL (compressor head) temperature exceeds 130°C (for the 2YC32) (120°C for
3MXS52BVMB) or 130°C (for the 2YC45), the compressor gets interrupted.
" If the inverter current exceeds 30 A, the compressor gets interrupted too.
3.13.3 Insufficient Gas Control

Outline If a power consumption is below the specified value in which the frequency is higher than the
specified frequency, it must be regarded as gas insufficient.
In addition to such conventional function, if the discharge temperature is higher than the target
discharge pipe temperature, and more than the specified temperature, and the electronic
expansion valve is fully open (450 pulses) more than the specified time, it is considered as an
insufficient gas.
Insufficient gas zone
Power consumption
55 Hz Frequency
(R2834)
With the conventional function, a power consumption is weak comparing with that in the normal
operation when gas is insufficient, and gas insufficiency is detected by checking a power
consumption.
Gas insufficient
zone
(R1391)
When operating with insufficient gas, although the rise of discharge pipe temperature is great
and the electronic expansion valve is open, it is presumed as an insufficient gas if the discharge
pipe temperature is higher than the target discharge pipe temperature.

Detail Judgment by Input Current

When an output frequency is exceeds 55 Hz and the input current is less than specified value,
the adjustment is made for insufficient gas.
Judgment by Discharge Pipe Temperature
When discharge pipe temperature is 20°C higher than target value and the electronic expansion
value opening is 450 plus (max.), the adjustment is made for insufficient gas.
3.13.4 Preventing Indoor Freezing

During cooling, if the heat exchanger temperature in the operation stopped room becomes
below the specified temperature for the specified time, open the electronic expansion valve in
the operation stopped room as specified, and carry out the fully closed operation. After this, if
freezing abnormality occurs more than specified time, the system shall be down as the system
abnormality.
3.14 Forced Operation Mode

Outline Forced operating mode includes functions such as; forced cooling, forced heating, incorrect
wiring, incorrect piping check.
Operating mode must be selected by operating the forced operation switch.
Detail Forced Cooling, Forced Heating (Only for Heat Pump Model)
Item Forced Cooling Forced Heating
Forced operation 1) The indoor unit is not abnormal, but 1) The indoor unit is not abnormal.
allowing conditions the indoor unit which is not in the The indoor unit which is not in the
freezing prohibiting zone is present in peak-cut prohibited zone is present in
more than 1 room. more than 1 room.
2) The outdoor unit is not abnormal ←
and not in the 3-minute stand-by
mode.
3) The operating mode of the outdoor ←
unit is the stop mode.
4) The slide selection switch of the 4) The slide selection switch of the
forced operation is the cooling mode. forced operation is the heating mode.
The forced operation is allowed when The forced operation is allowed when
the above “and” conditions are met. the above “and” conditions are met.
Starting / adjustment If the forced operation switch is ←
pressed as the above conditions are
met.
1) Determine " 1 room operation, with the room that ←
operating room can enable operation and its NO is the
smallest (A>B>C>D). Other rooms
operation must be stopped.
2) Command " 2YC32: 52 Hz " 2YC32: 44 Hz
frequency " 2YC45: 42 Hz (Outdoor air temp:0°C)
" 2YC45: 37 Hz
(Outdoor air temp:0°C)
3) Electronic " Depending on the capacity of the ←
expansion valve operating indoor unit.
opening
4) Outdoor unit " Compressor is in operation ←
adjustment
5) Indoor unit " Transmit the command of forced ←
adjustment draft to the indoor unit
End 1) When the forced operation switch is ←
pressed again.
2) The operation is to end ←
automatically after 30 min.
Others The protect functions are prior to all ←
others in the forced operation.

3.15 Wiring-Error Check

Outline The convenient Wiring Error Check function is designed for the microcomputer to correct wiring
errors itself.
If local wiring is unclear in the case of buried piping, for example, just press the wiring error
check switch that is behind the right-hand panel of the outdoor unit. Even if the connections for
Room A and Room B are confused, the system may run without a hassle. Note that this check
function does not work in the following cases.
" For about 30 seconds after the power is turned on (during initial setup).
" For 3-minute standby period after the compressor has stopped.
" When the outdoor air temperature is below 5°C.
" If the indoor unit is in trouble (also in case of all-room transmission failure).
When the piping and wiring are perfect, there is no need to use this function.
Operation 1. Remove the 5 screws from the service panel (right side panel) and detach the panel.
2. Press the wiring error check switch on the service monitor PCB, and the wiring error check
function is activated.
3. In about 10-15 minutes, the checking will end automatically.
4. When the checking is over, the service monitor LED indicators start flashing.
LED 1 2 3 4 Judgment
All flashing at once Self-correction impossible
Status
Flashing one after another Self-correction complete
Self-correction complete…The LED indicators 1 ~ 4 flash one after another.
Self-correction impossible…The LED indicators flash all at the same time.
" Transmission failure occurs at any of the indoor units.
" The indoor unit heat exchanger thermistor is disconnected.
" An indoor unit is in trouble (if a trouble occurs during the wiring error checking).
Emergency stop…Any of the LED indicators 1 ~ 4 stays on.
Note: 1. It takes about 10-15 minutes (after pressing the wiring error check switch) to complete the
checking. (Wrong wiring between the upper and lower units cannot be self-corrected.)
2. Wrongly connected liquid and gas pipes cannot be self-corrected either. Be sure to make the
liquid pipe and the gas pipe in pairs.
3. To forced-terminate the wiring error check procedure halfway, press the wiring error check
switch again.
In this case, the microcomputer's memory gets back to its initial status (Room A wiring →
Port A piping, Room B wiring → Port B piping).
4. In replacing the outdoor unit PCB, be sure to use this function.
5. Make the power slide setting after doing the wiring error checking. (Otherwise, if the wiring is
reversed, the air-conditioners being connected are set up in the reverse way.)
Basic Knowledge " This function works in this way. Refrigerant is let flow from Port A and on. The temperatures
of the indoor unit heat exchanger thermistors are detected one by one to check up the
matching between the pipes and wiring.
" With this function on, freezing (crackling) noise may be heard from the indoor unit. This is
not a problem. (This is because the heat exchange temperature is made to drop below 0°C
in order to increase the detection accuracy.)
" The indoor fan is made to turn on and off at the same time.

Checking the Those data can be checked by looking at the service monitor LED indicators, when the wiring
current setting error checking is over, during forced operation, at the stop of the system.
data on the The LED indicators stop flashing when the forced operation is over.
microcomputer LED1…Room A wiring, LED2…Room B wiring
memory 1st flashing LED…Port A piping, 2nd flashing LED…Port B piping
The first stay-on LED means the room that is connected with Port A. The next stay-on LED
means the one connected with Port B.
Example Let's suppose the LED indicators are flashing as follows.
L A 1 2 3 4
E
D Green Red
L A 1 2 3 4
E
L A 1 2 3 4 D Green Red
E
D Green Red
The above means that Port A is connected with Port B and Port B with Room A (or self-
corrected this way.)
A
Wiring
B
A
Piping Wiring
B
Piping

3.16 Additional Function

3.16.1 Connection Pipe Condensation Preventing Function
This control is intended to adjust the electronic expansion valve opening so that the outdoor unit
gas pipe temperature (GDN) be kept below 8°C.
3.16.2 Priority Room Setting

Electronic expansion valves are controlled to provide the unit designated as the priority room
with the capacity of other room units.
(Distribution of capacity: Priority room unit --- ∆D Max., other room units --- ∆D -α)
" Setting method
Turn off the circuit breaker before changing the setting.
Only one room can be set as the priority room.
" Control start conditions
Priority room setting is made.
AND
“Powerful” signal from the priority room unit is received.
Note: The operation mode of the priority room unit has precedence.
" Cancellation of control
The control function is canceled when the “Powerful” operation mode is switched off or 20
minutes elapse after “Powerful Operation” started.
A A
room room
B B
room Living room
Living room
room
C C
room room When Inverter
powerful-operation
Normal is selected in the
operation priority room
The prioritised room will be heated/cooled much more quickly

(R1396)
3.16.3 Powerful Operation Mode

Compressor operating frequency is increased to P1 Max. (Max. Hz of operating room unit ΣS)
and outdoor unit airflow rate is increased.
3.16.4 Voltage Detection Function

Power supply voltage is detected each time equipment operation starts.

3.16.5 Cooling / Heating Mode Lock

Use the S100 connector to set the unit to only cool or heat.
Setting to only cool (C): Short-circuit pins 1 and 3 of the connector <S100>.
Setting to only heat (H): short-circuit pins 3 and 5 of the connector <S100>.
The following specifications apply to the connector housing and pins.
JST products Housing: VHR-5N
Pin: SVH-21T-1, 1
Note that forced operation is also possible in COOL / HEAT mode.
COOL mode (C)
HEAT mode (C)
5<C>3<H>1
(R1397)

SiE12-411
Part 5
System Configuration
1. System Configuration..........................................................................108
1.1 Operation Instructions ..........................................................................108
2. Instruction............................................................................................109
2.1 Contents and Reference Page .............................................................109
2.2 Safety Precautions ...............................................................................110
2.3 Names of Parts.....................................................................................112
2.4 Preparation before Operation...............................................................124
2.5 AUTO · DRY · COOL · HEAT · FAN Operation ....................................127
2.6 Adjusting the Air Flow Direction ...........................................................129
2.7 POWERFUL Operation ........................................................................135
2.8 OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT Operation ...................................................136
2.9 HOME LEAVE Operation .....................................................................137
2.10 INTELLIGENT EYE Operation .............................................................139
2.11 TIMER Operation .................................................................................143
2.12 Note for Multi System ...........................................................................145
2.13 Care and Cleaning ...............................................................................147
2.14 Troubleshooting....................................................................................157
System Configuration 107

System Configuration SiE12-411
1. System Configuration
1.1 Operation Instructions
After the installation and test operation of the room air conditioner have been completed, it should be
operated and handled as described below. Every user would like to know the correct method of
operation of the room air conditioner, to check if it is capable of cooling (or heating) well, and to know a
clever method of using it.
In order to meet this expectation of the users, giving sufficient explanations taking enough time can be
said to reduce about 80% of the requests for servicing. However good the installation work is and
however good the functions are, the customer may blame either the room air conditioner or its
installation work because of improper handling. The installation work and handing over of the unit can
only be considered to have been completed when its handling has been explained to the user without
using technical terms but giving full knowledge of the equipment.
108 System Configuration

SiE12-411 Instruction
2. Instruction
Note: This instruction is appropriate for R22 models.
2.1 Contents and Reference Page

Floor/Ceiling
Wall Mounted Type Duct Connected Type Suspended Dual
Model Series Type
FTKE25/35BVM(A) FTKD50/60/71BVM(A) CDKD25~60CVM(A) FLK25~60AVMA
FTXE25/35BVMA FTXD50/60/71BVMA CDXD25~60CVMA FLX25~60AVMA
Read before Operation
Safety Precautions 110 110 110 110
Names of Parts 112 115 118 121
Preparation before Operation H 124 124 124 124
Operation
AUTO, DRY, COOL, HEAT, FAN 127 127 127 127
Operation H
Adjusting the Air Flow Direction 129 131 — 133
POWERFUL Operation H 135 135 135 135
OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT 136 136 136 136
Operation H
HOME LEAVE Operation H 137 137 137 137
INTELLIGENT EYE Operation 139 141 — —
TIMER Operation H 143 143 143 143
Note for Multi System 145 145 145 145
Care
Care and Cleaning 147 150 153 154
Trouble Shooting
Trouble Shooting 157 157 157 157
Drawing No. 3P098590-2H C : 3P098595-2M 3P132000-1B 3P077961-5E
H : Illustrations are for wall mounted type FTK(X)E25/35B as representative.

Instruction SiE12-411
2.2 Safety Precautions

• Keep this manual where the operator can easily find them.
• Read this manual attentively before starting up the unit.
• For safety reason the operator must read the following cautions carefully.
• This manual classifies precautions into WARNINGS and CAUTIONS. Be sure to follow all
precautions below: they are all important for ensuring safety.
WARNING CAUTION
If you do not follow these instructions exactly, the unit may If you do not follow these instructions exactly, the unit may
cause property damage, personal injury or loss of life. cause minor or moderate property damage or personal
injury.
Never do. Be sure to follow the instructions.

Be sure to earth the air conditioner. Never cause the air conditioner (including the
remote control) to get wet.
Never touch the air conditioner (including the
remote control) with a wet hand.
WARNING
• In order to avoid fire, explosion or injury, do not operate the unit when harmful, among which flammable
or corrosive gases, are detected near the unit.
• It is not good for health to expose your body to the air flow for a long time.
• Do not put a finger, a rod or other objects into the air outlet or inlet. As the fan is rotating at a high speed, it will
cause injury.
• Do not attempt to repair, relocate, modify or reinstall the air conditioner by yourself. Incorrect work will cause
electric shocks, fire etc.
For repairs and reinstallation, consult your Daikin dealer for advice and information.
• The refrigerant used in the air conditioner is safe. Although leaks should not occur, if for some reason
any refrigerant happens to leak into the room, make sure it does not come in contact with any flame as
of gas heaters, kerosene heaters or gas range.
• If the air conditioner is not cooling (heating) properly, the refrigerant may be leaking, so call your dealer. When
carrying out repairs accompanying adding refrigerant, check the content of the repairs with our service staff.
• Do not attempt to install the air conditioner by your self. Incorrect work will result in water leakage, electric shocks
or fire. For installation, consult the dealer or a qualified technician.
• In order to avoid electric shock, fire or injury, if you detect any abnormally such as smell of fire, stop the operation
and turn off the breaker. And call your dealer for instructions.
CAUTION
• The air conditioner must be earthed. Incomplete earthing may result in electric shocks. Do not connect
the earth line to a gas pipe, water pipe, lightening rod, or a telephone earth line.
• In order to avoid any quality deterioration, do not use the unit for cooling precision instruments, food,
plants, animals or works of art.
• Never expose little children, plants or animals directly to the air flow.
• Do not place appliances which produce open fire in places exposed to the air flow from the unit or under the
indoor unit. It may cause incomplete combustion or deformation of the unit due to the heat.
• Do not block air inlets nor outlets. Impaired air flow may result in insufficient performance or trouble.

• Do not stand or sit on the outdoor unit. Do not place any object on the unit to avoid injury, do not remove the fan
guard.
• Do not place anything under the indoor or outdoor unit that must be kept away from moisture. In certain
conditions, moisture in the air may condense and drip.
• After a long use, check the unit stand and fittings for damage.
• Do not touch the air inlet and aluminum fins of outdoor unit. It may cause injury.
• The appliance is not intended for use by young children or infirm persons without supervision.
• Young children shuld be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance.
• To avoid oxygen deficiency, ventilate the room sufficiently if equipment with burner is used together
with the air conditioner.
• Before cleaning, be sure to stop the operation, turn the breaker off or pull out the supply cord.
• Do not connect the air conditioner to a power supply different from the one as specified. It may cause trouble or
fire.
• Depending on the environment, an earth leakage breaker must be installed. Lack of an earth leakage breaker
may result in electric shocks.
• Arrange the drain hose to ensure smooth drainage. Incomplete draining may cause wetting of the building,
furniture etc.
• Do not operate the air conditioner with wet hands.
• Do not wash the indoor unit with excessive water, only use a slightly wet cloth.
• Do not place things such as vessels containing water or anything else on top of the unit. Water may
penetrate into the unit and degrade electrical insulations, resulting in an electric shock.
Installation site
" To install the air conditioner in the following types of environments, consult the dealer.
• Places with an oily ambient or where steam or soot occurs.
• Salty environment such as coastal areas.
• Places where sulfide gas occurs such as hot springs.
• Places where snow may block the outdoor unit.
The drain from the outdoor unit must be discharged to a place of good drainage.
Consider nuisance to your neighbours from noises

" For installation, choose a place as described below.
• A place solid enough to bear the weight of the unit which does not amplify the operation noise or
vibration.
• A place from where the air discharged from the outdoor unit or the operation noise will not
annoy your neighbours.
Electrical work
• For power supply, be sure to use a separate power circuit dedicated to the air conditioner.
System relocation
• Relocating the air conditioner requires specialized knowledge and skills. Please consult the
dealer if relocation is necessary for moving or remodeling

2.3 Names of Parts

FTK(X)E 25/35 B
" Indoor Unit
1 2 3 4
11 10 9 7
12 13 14 15 16
ON
OFF

" Oudoor Unit
17
22
19
20
21
18
" Indoor Unit

1. Air filter 12. Indoor Unit ON/OFF switch:
2. Photocatalytic deodorizing filter or • Push this switch once to start operation.
Air purifying filter: Push once again to stop it.
• These filters are attached to the inside of • The operation mode refers to the following
the air filters. table.:
3. Air inlet
Mode Temperature Air flow
4. Front grille setting rate
5. Grille tab FTKE COOL 22°C AUTO
6. Room temperature sensor: FTXE AUTO 25°C AUTO
• It senses the air temperature around the
unit. • This switch is useful when the remote
7. INTELLIGENT EYE sensor: control is missing.
• It detects the movements of people and 13. Operation lamp (green)
automatically switches between normal 14. TIMER lamp (Yellow)
operation and energy saving operation. 15. HOME LEAVE lamp (red)
8. Display 16. Signal receiver:
9. Air outlet • It receives signals from the remote control.
10. Flaps (horizontal blades) • When the unit receives a signal, you will
11. Louvres (vertical blades): hear a short beep.
• The louvres are inside of the air outlet. • Operation start ..............beep-beep
• Settings changed..........beep
• Operation stop ..............beeeeep
" Outdoor Unit

17. Air inlet: (Back and side) 21. Earth terminal:
18. Air outlet • It is inside of this cover.
19. Refrigerant piping and inter-unit cable 22. Outside air temperature sensor:
20. Drain hose • It senses the ambient temperature around
the unit.
Appearance of the outdoor unit may differ from some models.

" Remote control
ON
2 C
HOME LEAVE
5
3 ON/OFF
POWERFUL TEMP
6
4
9
7 MODE FAN SWING 10
SILENT SENSOR
8 11
12 ON CANCEL 15
OFF 16
TIMER
14
13
< ARC433A1, A2 >
1. Signal transmitter: 8. SILENT button: for OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT

• It sends signals to the indoor unit. operation
2. Display: • Only works for multi-connection
• It displays the current settings. 9. FAN setting button:
(In this illustration, each section is shown • It selects the air flow rate setting.
with all its displays ON for the purpose of 10. SWING button
explanation.) 11. SENSOR button: for INTELLIGENT EYE
3. HOME LEAVE button: operation
for HOME LEAVE operation 12. ON TIMER button
4. POWERFUL button: 13. OFF TIMER button
for POWERFUL operation 14. TIMER Setting button:
5. TEMPERATURE adjustment buttons: • It changes the time setting.
• It changes the temperature setting. 15. TIMER CANCEL button:
6. ON/OFF button: • It cancels the timer setting.
• Press this button once to start operation. 16. CLOCK button
Press once again to stop it.
7. MODE selector button:
• It selects the operation mode.
(AUTO/DRY/COOL/HEAT/FAN)

FTK(X)D 50/60/71 B
" Indoor Unit
4
3 5
1
2
9 10
8 6
7
11
12
14
13
" Main unit control panel
16
15

" Oudoor Unit
17
19
20
21
18
" Indoor Unit

1. Air filter 13. HOME LEAVE lamp (red):
2. Photocatalytic deodorizing filter or • Lights up when you use HOME LEAVE
Air purifying filter: Operation.
• These filters are attached to the inside of 14. Indoor Unit ON/OFF switch:
the air filters. • Push this switch once to start operation.
3. Air inlet Push once again to stop it.
4. Front grille • The operation mode refers to the following
5. Grille tab table.:
6. INTELLIGENT EYE sensor:
• It detects the movements of people and setting rate
automatically switches between normal FTKD COOL 22°C AUTO
operation and energy saving operation. FTXD AUTO 25°C AUTO
7. Display
8. Air outlet • This switch is useful when the remote
9. Flap (horizontal blade) control is missing.
10. Louvres (vertical blades): 15. Room temperature sensor:
• The louvres are inside of the air outlet. • It senses the air temperature around the
11. Operation lamp (green) unit.
12. TIMER lamp (yellow) 16. Signal receiver:
• It receives signals from the remote
controlremote control.
• When the unit receives a signal, you will
hear a short beep.
• Operation start ..............beep-beep
• Settings changed..........beep
• Operation stop ..............beeeeep
" Outdoor Unit

17. Air inlet: (Back and side) 20. Drain hose
18. Air outlet 21. Earth terminal:
19. Refrigerant piping and inter-unit cable It is inside of this cover.

" Remote control
ON
2 C
HOME LEAVE
5
3 ON/OFF
POWERFUL TEMP
6
4
9
7 MODE FAN 11
SILENT SENSOR SWING
8 10
12
13 ON CANCEL
16
OFF
TIMER 17
15
14
< ARC433A21, A22 >
1. Signal transmitter: 8. SILENT button: for OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT

• It sends signals to the indoor unit. operation
2. Display: 9. FAN setting button:
• It displays the current settings. • It selects the air flow rate setting.
(In this illustration, each section is shown 10. SENSOR button: for INTELLIGENT EYE
with all its displays ON for the purpose of operation
explanation.) 11. SWING button
3. HOME LEAVE button: • Flap (Horizontal blade)
for HOME LEAVE operation 12. SWING button
4. POWERFUL button: • Louver (Vertical blades)
for POWERFUL operation 13. ON TIMER button
5. TEMPERATURE adjustment buttons: 14. OFF TIMER button
• It changes the temperature of time setting. 15. TIMER Setting button:
6. ON/OFF button: • It changes the time setting.
• Press this button once to start operation. 16. TIMER CANCEL button:
Press once again to stop it. • It cancels the timer setting.
7. MODE selector button: 17. CLOCK button
(AUTO/DRY/COOL/HEAT/FAN)

CDK(X)D 25/35/50/60 C
" Indoor Unit
1 2
5 4
6
8
7 9
10

" Oudoor Unit
11
12
13
15
14
" Indoor Unit

1. Air filter 10. Indoor Unit ON/OFF switch:
2. Air outlet grille (Field supply) • Push this switch once to start operation.
Appearance of the Air outlet grille and Air Push once again to stop it.
inlet grille may differ with some models. • This switch is useful when the remote
3. Display, Control panel control is missing.
4. Suction grille (Option) • The operation mode refers to the following
• Appearance of the suction grille and Air table.:
inlet grille may differ with some models.
5. Air inlet setting rate
6. Room temperature sensor: CDKD COOL 22°C AUTO
• It senses the air temperature around the CDXD AUTO 25°C AUTO
unit.
7. Operation lamp (green)
8. TIMER lamp (yellow)
9. HOME LEAVE lamp (red)
• LIghts up when you use HOME LEAVE
operation.
" Outdoor Unit

11. Air inlet: (Back and side) 14. Earth terminal:
12. Refrigerant piping and inter-unit cable • It is inside of this cover.
13. Drain hose 15. Air outlet

" Remote control
ON
2 C
HOME LEAVE
5
3 ON/OFF
POWERFUL TEMP
6
4
9
7 MODE FAN
SILENT
8
10 ON CANCEL 13
OFF 14
TIMER
12
11
< ARC433A7, A8 >
1. Signal transmitter: 7. MODE selector button:

• It sends signals to the indoor unit. • It selects the operation mode.
2. Display: (AUTO/DRY/COOL/HEAT/FAN)
• It displays the current settings. 8. SILENT button: for OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT
(In this illustration, each section is shown operation
with all its displays ON for the purpose of 9. FAN setting button:
explanation.) • It selects the air flow rate setting.
3. HOME LEAVE button: 10. ON TIMER button
for HOME LEAVE operation 11. OFF TIMER button
4. POWERFUL button: 12. TIMER Setting button:
for POWERFUL operation • It changes the time setting.
5. TEMPERATURE adjustment buttons: 13. TIMER CANCEL button:
• It changes the temperature of time setting. • It cancels the timer setting.
6. ON/OFF button: 14. CLOCK button
• Press this button once to start operation.

FLK(X) 25/35/50/60 A
" Indoor Unit
The indoor unit can be installed either to the ceiling or to a wall. The descriptions contained in this
manual show the case when installation is being carried out to the ceiling. (The methods of operation
used are the same when installing to a wall.
3
1 2
ON
OFF
5
9
8
7
6
11
10 12
14
13
CAUTION
• Before opening the front grille, be sure to stop the operation and turn the breaker OFF.

" Oudoor Unit
15
17
18
19
16
" Indoor Unit

1. Louvres (vertical blades) 13. Indoor unit ON/OFF switch
The louvres are inside of the air outlet. • Push this switch once to start operation.
2. Air outlet Push once again to stop it.
3. Flap (horizontal blade) • Push the switch using an object with a
4. Grille tab sharp tip, such as a pen.
5. Air inlet • This switch is useful when the remote
6. Display control is missing.
7. Air filter 14. Signal receiver:
8. Photocatalytic deodorizing filter or Air • It receives signals from the remote control.
purifying filter: • When the unit receives a signal, you will
• These filters are attached to the inside of hear a short beep.
the air filters. • Operation start ..............beep-beep
9. Front grille • Settings changed..........beep
10. Operation lamp (green) • Operation stop ..............beeeeep
11. TIMER lamp (orange) • The operation mode refers to the following
12. HOME LEAVE lamp (red): table.:
Lights up when you use HOME LEAVE
Operation. setting rate
FTK COOL 22°C AUTO
FTX AUTO 25°C AUTO
" Outdoor Unit

15. Air inlet: (Back and side) 18. Drain hose
16. Air outlet 19. Earth terminal:
17. Refrigerant piping and inter-unit cable • It is inside of this cover.

" Remote control
ON
2 C
HOME LEAVE
5
3 ON/OFF
POWERFUL TEMP
6
4
9
7 MODE FAN SWING 10
SILENT
8
11 ON CANCEL 14
OFF 15
TIMER
13
12
< ARC433A5, A6 >
1. Signal transmitter: 7. MODE selector button:

• It sends signals to the indoor unit. • It selects the operation mode.
2. Display: (AUTO/DRY/COOL/HEAT/FAN)
• It displays the current settings. 8. OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT button
(In this illustration, each section is shown 9. FAN setting button:
with all its displays ON for the purpose of • It selects the air flow rate setting.
explanation.) 10. SWING button
3. HOME LEAVE button: 11. ON TIMER button
for HOME LEAVE operation 12. OFF TIMER button
4. POWERFUL button: 13. TIMER Setting button:
for POWERFUL operation • It changes the time setting.
5. TEMPERATURE adjustment buttons: 14. TIMER CANCEL button:
• It changes the temperature setting. • It cancels the timer setting.
6. ON/OFF button: 15. CLOCK button
• Press this button once to start operation.

2.4 Preparation before Operation

" To set the batteries
1. Press with a finger and slide the front
cover to take it off. Position + and
– correctly!
2. Set two dry batteries (AAA).
3. Set the front cover as before.
2 –
+ +
–
ATTENTION
" About batteries
• When replacing the batteries, use batteries of the same type, and replace the two old batteries
together.
• When the system is not used for a long time, take the batteries out.
• We recommend replacing once a year, although if the remote control display begins to fade or
if reception deteriorates, please replace with new alkali batteries. Using manganese batteries
reduces the lifespan.
• The attached batteries are provided for the initial use of the system.
The usable period of the batteries may be short depending on the manufactured date of the air
conditioner.

" To operate the remote control

• To use the remote control, aim the transmitter at the indoor
unit. If there is anything to block signals between the unit
and the remote control, such as a curtain, the unit will not
operate.
• Do not drop the remote control. Do not get it wet.
• The maximum distance for communication is about 7 m. Receiver
" To fix the remote control holder on the wall

1. Choose a place from where the signals reach the unit.
2. Fix the holder to a wall, a pillar, etc. with the screws
supplied with the holder. Remote control
3. Place the remote control in the remote control holder. holder
Set.
To remove, pull it upwards.
ATTENTION
" About remote control
• Never expose the remote control to direct sunlight.
• Dust on the signal transmitter or receiver will reduce the sensitivity. Wipe off dust with soft
cloth.
• Signal communication may be disabled if an electronic-starter-type fluorescent lamp (such as
inverter-type lamps) is in the room. Consult the shop if that is the case.
• If the remote control signals happen to operate another appliance, move that appliance to
somewhere else, or consult the shop.

" To set the clock

1. Press “CLOCK button”.
0:00 is displayed.
blinks.
2. Press “TIMER setting button” to set the C
clock to the present time.
Holding down “ ” or “ ” button rapidly
increases or decreases the time display.
3. Press “CLOCK button”.
HOME LEAVE
: blinks. ON/OFF
POWERFUL TEMP
" Turn the breaker ON

• Turning ON the breaker opens the flap, then MODE FAN SWING
closes it again. (This is a normal procedure.) SILENT SENSOR 2
ON CANCEL
OFF 1.3
TIMER
NOTE
" Tips for saving energy
• Be careful not to cool (heat) the room too much.
Keeping the temperature setting at a moderate level helps
save energy.
Recommended temperature setting
• Cover windows with a blind or a curtain. For cooling: 26°C – 28°C
Blocking sunlight and air from outdoors increases the cooling For heating: 20°C – 24°C
(heating) effect.
• Clogged air filters cause inefficient operation and waste
energy. Clean them once in about every two weeks.
" Please note
• The air conditioner always consumes 15-35 watts of electricity even while it is not operating.
• If you are not going to use the air conditioner for a long period, for example in spring or
autumn, turn the breaker OFF.
• Use the air conditioner in the following conditions.
Mode Operating conditions If operation is continued out of this range
COOL Outdoor temperature:<3/4MK> 10 to 46 °C • A safety device may work to stop the operation.
<3/4MX> –10 to 46 °C (In multi system, it may work to stop the operation of the outdoor unit only.)
Indoor temperature: 18 to 32 °C • Condensation may occur on the indoor unit and drip.
Indoor humidity: 80% max.
HEAT Outdoor temperature:<3/4MX> –15 to 21 °C • A safety device may work to stop the operation.
Indoor temperature: 10 to 30 °C
DRY Outdoor temperature:<3/4MK> 10 to 46 °C • A safety device may work to stop the operation.
<3/4MX> –10 to 46 °C • Condensation may occur on the indoor unit and drip.
Indoor temperature: 18 to 32 °C
Indoor humidity: 80% max.
• Operation outside this humidity or temperature range may cause a safety device to disable the
system.

2.5 AUTO · DRY · COOL · HEAT · FAN Operation

The air conditioner operates with the operation mode of your choice.
From the next time on, the air conditioner will operate with the same operation mode.
" To start operation

1. Press “MODE selector button” and select a
operation mode.
• Each pressing of the button advances themode
setting in sequence.
: AUTO
C
: DRY
: COOL
4
: HEAT HOME LEAVE
ON/OFF
: FAN POWERFUL TEMP
2, 3
1
<FTKE> MODE FAN SWING

SILENT SENSOR
5
<FTXE>
ON CANCEL
OFF
2. Press “ON/OFF button” . TIMER
• The OPERATION lamp lights up.
ON
OFF
" To stop operation

3. Press “ON/OFF button” again.
• Then OPERATION lamp goes off.
" To change the temperature setting

4. Press “TEMPERATURE adjustment button”
DRY or FAN mode AUTO or COOL or HEAT mode
Press “ ” to raise the temperature and press
“ ” to lower the temperature.
The temperature setting is not variable. Set to the temperature you like.

" To change the air flow rate setting

5. Press “FAN setting button”.
DRY mode AUTO or COOL or HEAT or FAN mode
Five levels of air flow rate setting from “ ” to “ ”

plus “ ”“ ” are available.
The air flow rate setting is not variable.
• Indoor unit quiet operation

When the air flow is set to “ ”, the noise from the indoor unit will become quieter.
Use this when making the noise quieter.
The unit might lose power when the fan strength is set to a weak level.
" To change the air flow direction
NOTE
" Note on HEAT operation
• Since this air conditioner heats the room by taking heat from outdoor air to indoors, the heating
capacity becomes smaller in lower outdoor temperatures. If the heating effect is insufficient, it
is recommended to use another heating appliance in combination with the air conditioner.
• The heat pump system heats the room by circulating hot air around all parts of the room. After
the start of heating operation, it takes some time before the room gets warmer.
• In heating operation, frost may occur on the outdoor unit and lower the heating capacity. In
that case, the system switches into defrosting operation to take away the frost.
• During defrosting operation, hot air does not flow out of indoor unit.
" Note on DRY operation
• The computer chip works to rid the room of humidity while maintaining the temperature as
much as possible. It automatically controls temperature and fan strength, so manual
adjustment of these functions is unavailable.
" Note on AUTO operation
• In AUTO operation, the system selects an appropriate operation mode (COOL or HEAT)
based on the room temperature at the start of the operation.
• The system automatically reselects setting at a regular interval to bring the room temperature
to usersetting level.
• If you do not like AUTO operation, you can manually select the operation mode and setting
you like.
" Note on air flow rate setting
• At smaller air flow rates, the cooling (heating) effect is also smaller.

2.6 Adjusting the Air Flow Direction

FTK(X)E 25/35 B
You can adjust the air flow direction to increase
your comfort.
" To adjust the horizontal blades (flaps) ON

1. Press “SWING button”. C
The display will light up and the flaps
will begin to swing.
2. When the flaps have reached the desired
position, press “SWING button” once
HOME LEAVE
more. ON/OFF
The display will go blank. POWERFUL TEMP
The flaps will stop moving.
MODE FAN SWING 1, 2

SILENT SENSOR
ON CANCEL
OFF
TIMER

" To adjust the vertical blades (louvres)

Hold the knob and move the louvres.
(You will find a knob on the left-side and the right-side
blades.)
Notes on flaps and louvres angles

•
When “SWING button” is selected, the flaps
swinging range depends on the operation mode. In DRY mode or COOL mode
(See the figure.)

" ATTENTION When stop operation
0˚
Upper limit in cooling
• Always use a remote control to adjust the flaps 25˚
Lower limit in cooling
angle. If you attempt to move it forcibly with hand
In HEAT or FAN mode
when it is swinging, the mechanism may be broken.
• Be careful when adjusting the louvres. Inside the
air outlet, a fan is rotating at a high speed. When stop operation
20˚
Upper limit in heating
45˚
Lower limit in heating

FTK(X)D 50/60/71 B
your comfort.
" To adjust the horizontal blades (flaps) ON

1. Press “SWING button”. C
2. When the flap have reached the desired
position, press “SWING” button once
HOME LEAVE
more. ON/OFF
1, 2
" To adjust the vertical blades (louvres) MODE
SILENT
FAN
SENSOR SWING
3. Press “SWING button”. 3, 4
The display will light up and the ON CANCEL
louvres will begin to swing.
4. When the louvres have reached the OFF
TIMER
desired position, press the “SWING”
button once more.
The display will go blank.
The louvres will stop moving.

" To 3-D Airflow

1. 3. press “SWING button”: the “ ”“ ” display will light up and the flaps and louvres will
move in turn.
" To cancel 3-D Airflow

2. 4. press “SWING button”
Notes on louvres angles

" ATTENTION
• Always use a remote control to adjust the louvres angles. In side the air outlet, a fan is rotating
at a high speed.
Notes on flap angle

•When “SWING button” is selected, the flaps swinging
In COOL or DRY mode
range depends on the operation mode. (See the figure.)
Three-Dimensional (3-D) Airflow
• Using three-dimensional airflow circulates cold air, which
STOP
tends to collected at the bottom of the room, and hot air,
COOL
which tends to collect near the ceiling, throughout the approx. 10˚~40˚
DRY
room, preventing areas of cold and hot developing. approx. 5˚~35˚
" ATTENTION In HEAT or FAN mode

• Always use a remote control to adjust the flaps angle.
If you attempt to move it forcibly with hand when it is
swinging, the mechanism may be broken. STOP
HEAT
approx. 15˚~55˚
FAN
approx. 5˚~55˚

FLK(X) 25/35/50/60 A
your comfort.
" To adjust the horizontal blade (flap) ON

1. Press “SWING button”.
C
2. When the flaps have reached the desired
position, press “SWING button” once
HOME LEAVE
more. ON/OFF
MODE FAN SWING 1, 2

SILENT
ON CANCEL
OFF
TIMER

" To adjust the vertical blades (louvres)

• When adjusting the louvre, use a robust and
stable stool and watch your steps carefully.
Hold the knob and move the louvres.
(You will find a knob on the left side and the
right side blades.)
Notes on flap and louvres angles

•
Unless [SWING] is selected, you should set the
flap at a near- horizontal angle in COOL or DRY
mode to obtain the best performance.
• In COOL or DRY mode, if the flap is fixed at a
downward position, the flap automatically moves in
DRY
about 60 minutes to prevent condensation on it. COOL
FAN
" ATTENTION
• Always use a remote control to adjust the flap HEAT
angle.
If you attempt to move it forcibly with hand when it
is swinging, the mechanism may be broken.
• Be careful when adjusting the louvres. Inside the
air outlet, a fan is rotating at a high speed.

2.7 POWERFUL Operation

POWERFUL operation quickly maximizes the
cooling (heating) effect in any operation mode.
You can get the maximum capacity.
ON
" To start POWERFUL operation
1. Press “POWERFUL button”.
• POWERFUL operation ends in 20
minutes.
Then the system automatically operates
HOME LEAVE
again with the settings which were used ON/OFF
before POWERFUL operation. POWERFUL TEMP
1, 2
• When using POWERFUL operation,
there are some functions which are not
available. MODE FAN SWING
SILENT SENSOR
" To cancel POWERFUL operation ON CANCEL

2. Press “POWERFUL button” again.
OFF
TIMER
NOTE
" Notes on POWERFUL operation
• In COOL and HEAT mode
To maximize the cooling (heating) effect, the capacity of outdoor unit must be increased and
the air flow rate be fixed to the maximum setting.
The temperature and air flow settings are not variable.
• In DRY mode
The temperature setting is lowered by 2.5°C and the air flow rate is slightly increased.
• In FAN mode
The air flow rate is fixed to the maximum setting.
• When using priority-room setting
See “Note for multi system”.

2.8 OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT Operation

OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation lowers the
noise level of the outdoor unit by changing the
frequency and fan speed on the outdoor unit. This
function is convenient during night.
" To start OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation C
1. Press “SILENT button”.
" To cancel OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation HOME LEAVE
2. Press “SILENT button” again. ON/OFF

POWERFUL TEMP
MODE FAN SWING

SILENT SENSOR
1, 2
ON CANCEL
OFF
TIMER
NOTE
" Note on OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation
• If using a multi system, this function will work only when the OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT
operation is set on all operated indoor units.
However, if using priority-room setting, see “Note for multi system”.
• This function is available in COOL, HEAT, and AUTO modes.
(This is not available in FAN and DRY mode.)
• POWERFUL operation and OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation cannot be used at the same
time.
Priority is given to POWERFUL operation.
• If operation is stopped using the remote control or the main unit ON/OFF switch when using
OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation, “ ” will remain on the remote control display.

2.9 HOME LEAVE Operation

HOME LEAVE operation is a function which allows
you to record your preferred temperature and air
flow rate settings.
" To start HOME LEAVE operation C

1. Press “HOME LEAVE button” .
• The HOME LEAVE lamp lights up.
ON
OFF
HOME LEAVE
1, 2
ON/OFF
" To cancel HOME LEAVE operation POWERFUL TEMP
2. Press “HOME LEAVE button” again.

• The HOME LEAVE lamp goes off.
MODE FAN SWING
SILENT SENSOR
ON CANCEL
OFF
TIMER
Before using HOME LEAVE operation.

" To set the temperature and air flow rate for HOME LEAVE operation
When using HOME LEAVE operation for the first time, please set the temperature and air flow
rate for HOME LEAVE operation. Record your preferred temperature and air flow rate.
Initial setting Selectable range
temperature Air flow rate temperature Air flow rate
Cooling 25°C AUTO 18-32°C 5 step, AUTO and SILENT
Heating 25°C AUTO 10-30°C 5 step, AUTO and SILENT
1. Press “HOME LEAVE button”. Make sure “ ” is displayed in the remote control
display.
2. Adjust the set temperature with “ ” or “ ” as you like.
3. Adjust the air flow rate with “FAN” setting button as you like.
Home leave operation will run with these settings the next time you use this function. To change
the recorded information, repeat steps 1 – 3.

" What’s the HOME LEAVE operation

Is there a set temperature and air flow rate which is most comfortable, a set temperature and air flow
rate which you use the most? HOME LEAVE operation is a function that allows you to record your
favorite set temperature and air flow rate. You can start your favorite operation mode simply by
pressing the HOME LEAVE button on the remote control. This function is convenient in the following
situations.
" Useful in these cases.
1. Use as an energy-saving mode
Set the temperature 2-3°C higher (cooling) or lower (heating) than normal. Setting the fan strength
to the lowest setting allows the unit to be used in energy-saving mode. Also convenient for use
while you are out or sleeping.
• Every day before you leave the house...
When you go out, push the “HOME When you return, you will be Push the “HOME LEAVE
LEAVE Operation” button, and the welcomed by a comfortably air Operation” button again, and the
air conditioner will adjust capacity conditioned room. air conditioner will adjust capacity
to reach the preset temperature for to the set temperature for normal
HOME LEAVE Operation. operation.
• Before bed...
Set the unit to HOME LEAVE The unit will maintain the When you enter the living room in
Operation before leaving the living temperature in the room at a the morning, the temperature will
room when going to bed. comfortable level while you be just right.
sleep. Disengaging HOME LEAVE
Operation will return the
temperature to that set for normal
operation. Even the coldest
winters will pose no problem!
2. Use as a favorite mode

Once you record the temperature and air flow rate settings you most often use, you can retrieve
them by pressing HOME LEAVE button. You do not have to go through troublesome remote control
operations.
NOTE
• Once the temperature and air flow rate for HOME LEAVE operation are set, those settings will be
used whenever HOME LEAVE operation is used in the future. To change these settings, please
refer to the “Before using HOME LEAVE operation” section above.
• HOME LEAVE operation is only available in COOL and HEAT mode. Cannot be used in AUTO,
DRY, and FAN mode.
• HOME LEAVE operation runs in accordance with the previous operation mode (COOL or HEAT)
before using HOME LEAVE operation.
• HOME LEAVE operation and POWERFUL operation cannot be used at the same time.
Last button that was pressed has priority.
• The operation mode cannot be changed while HOME LEAVE operation is being used.
• When operation is shut off during HOME LEAVE operation, using the remote control or the indoor
unit ON/OFF switch, “ ” will remain on the remote control display.

2.10 INTELLIGENT EYE Operation

FTK(X)E 25/35 B
“INTELLIGENT EYE” is the infrared sensor which
detects the human movement.
" To start INTELLIGENT EYE operation

1. Press “SENSOR button”. C
" To cancel the INTELLIGENT EYE operation

2. Press “SENSOR button” again.
HOME LEAVE
[EX.] ON/OFF
POWERFUL TEMP
When somebody in the room
• Normal operation
MODE FAN SWING
SILENT SENSOR
1, 2
When nobody in the room
ON CANCEL
• 20 min. after, start energy saving
OFF
operation. TIMER
Somebody back in the room

• Back to normal operation.

" To adjust the angle of the INTELLIGENT EYE sensor

• You can adjust the angle of the INTELLIGENT EYE
sensor to increase the detection area.
(Adjustable angle: 15° to right and left of centre)
15° 15° INTELLIGENT EYE

sensor
• Gently push and slide the sensor to adjust the angle.

• After adjusting the angle, wipe the sensor gently with
a clean cloth, being careful not to scratch the sensor. Moving the sensor to the left Moving the sensor to the right
“INTELLIGENT EYE” is useful for Energy Saving

" Energy saving operation
• Change the temperature –2°C in heating / +2°C in cooling / +1°C in dry mode from set
temperature.
• Decrease the air flow rate slightly in fan operation. (In FAN mode only)
Notes on “INTELLIGENT EYE”

• Application range is as follows.
Vertical angle 80˚ Horizontal angle 100˚

(Side View) (Top View)
50° 50°
5m
5m 80°
• Sensor may not detect moving objects further than 5m away. (Check the application range)
• Sensor detection sensitivity changes according to indoor unit location, the speed of passersby,
temperature range, etc.
• The sensor also mistakenly detects pets, sunlight, fluttering curtains and light reflected off of
mirrors as passersby.
• INTELLIGENT EYE operation will not go on during powerful operation.
• Night set mode will not go on during you use INTELLIGENT EYE operation.
CAUTION
• Do not place large objects near the sensor.
Also keep heating units or humidifiers outside the sensor’s detection area. This sensor can detect
objects it shouldn’t as well as not detect objects it should.
• Do not hit or violently push the INTELLIGENT EYE sensor. This can lead to damage and
malfunction

FTK(X)D 50/60/71 B
“INTELLIGENT EYE” is the infrared sensor which
detects the human movement.
" To start INTELLIGENT EYE operation

1. Press “SENSOR button”. C
" To cancel the INTELLIGENT EYE operation

2. Press “SENSOR button” again.
HOME LEAVE
[EX.] ON/OFF
POWERFUL TEMP
When somebody in the room
• Normal operation
MODE FAN
SILENT SENSOR SWING
1, 2
When nobody in the room
ON CANCEL
• 20 min. after, start energy saving
OFF
operation. TIMER
Somebody back in the room

• Back to normal operation.

“INTELLIGENT EYE” is useful for Energy Saving

" Energy saving operation
• Change the temperature –2°C in heating / +2°C in cooling / +1°C in dry mode from set
temperature.
• Decrease the air flow rate slightly in fan operation. (In FAN mode only)
Notes on “INTELLIGENT EYE”

• Application range is as follows.
Vertical angle 90˚ Horizontal angle 110˚

(Side View) (Top View)
55˚ 55˚
7m
7m 90˚
• Sensor may not detect moving objects further than 7m away. (Check the application range)
• Sensor detection sensitivity changes according to indoor unit location, the speed of passersby,
temperature range, etc.
• The sensor also mistakenly detects pets, sunlight, fluttering curtains and light reflected off of
mirrors as passersby.
• INTELLIGENT EYE operation will not go on during powerful operation.
• Night set mode will not go on during you use INTELLIGENT EYE operation.
CAUTION
• Do not place large objects near the sensor.
Also keep heating units or humidifiers outside the sensor’s detection area. This sensor can detect
objects it shouldn’t as well as not detect objects it should.
• Do not hit or violently push the INTELLIGENT EYE sensor. This can lead to damage and
malfunction

2.11 TIMER Operation

Timer functions are useful for automatically
switching the air conditioner on or off at night or in
the morning. You can also use OFF TIMER and ON
TIMER in combination.
" To use OFF TIMER operation

C
• Check that the clock is correct.

If not, set the clock to the present time.
1. Press “OFF TIMER button”. HOME LEAVE
0:00 is displayed. ON/OFF
blinks. POWERFUL TEMP
2. Press “TIMER Setting button until the time

setting reaches the point you like.
MODE FAN SWING
• Every pressing of either button increases or
SILENT SENSOR
decreases the time setting by 10 minutes.
Holding down either button changes the
setting rapidly. ON CANCEL 4
3. Press “OFF TIMER button” again. OFF
• The TIMER lamp lights up. TIMER 2
1.3
ON
OFF
" To cancel the OFF TIMER operation

4. Press “CANCEL button”.
• The TIMER lamp goes off.
Notes
• When TIMER is set, the present time is not displayed.
• Once you set ON, OFF TIMER, the time setting is kept in the memory. (The memory is canceled
when remote control batteries are replaced.)
• When operating the unit via the ON/OFF Timer, the actual length of operation may vary from the
time entered by the user. (Maximum approx. 10 minutes)
" NIGHT SET MODE
When the OFF TIMER is set, the air conditioner automatically adjusts the temperature setting
(0.5°C up in COOL, 2.0°C down in HEAT) to prevent excessive cooling (heating) for your pleasant
sleep.

" To use ON TIMER operation

• Check that the clock is correct. If not, set the
clock to the present time.
1. Press “ON TIMER button”.
7:00 is displayed.
blinks.
C
2. Press “TIMER Setting button” until the time
setting reaches the point you like.
• Every pressing of either button increases or
decreases the time setting by 10 minutes.
HOME LEAVE
Holding down either button changes the ON/OFF
setting rapidly. POWERFUL TEMP
3. Press “ON TIMER button” again.
• The TIMER lamp lights up.
MODE FAN SWING
ON
OFF SILENT SENSOR
1.3
" To cancel ON TIMER operation ON CANCEL 4
4. Press “CANCEL button”.
OFF
• The TIMER lamp goes off. TIMER 2
" To combine ON TIMER and OFF TIMER

• A sample setting for combining the two timers is
shown below.
(Example)
Present time: 11:00 PM
(The unit operating)
Display
OFF TIMER at 0:00 a.m.
ON TIMER at 7:00 a.m. Combined
ATTENTION
" In the following cases, set the timer again.
• After a breaker has turned OFF.
• After a power failure.
• After replacing batteries in the remote control.

2.12 Note for Multi System

<< What is a “Multi System”? >>
This system has one outdoor unit connected to multiple indoor units.
" Selecting the Operation Mode

1. With the Priority Room Setting present but inactive
or not present
A
When more than one indoor unit is operating, priority is room
Outdoor
given to the first unit that was turned on. unit
B
In this case, set the units that are turned on later to the room
Living
same operation mode (*1) as the first unit. room
Otherwise, they will enter the Standby Mode, and the
C
operation lamp will flash; this does not indicate room
malfunction.
(*1)
• COOL, DRY and FAN mode may be used at the
same time.
• AUTO mode automatically selects COOL mode or HEAT mode based on the room temperature.
Therefore, AUTO mode is available when selecting the same operation mode as that of the
room with the first unit to be turned on.
<CAUTION>
Normally, the operation mode in the room where the unit is first run is given priority, but the
following situations are exceptions, so please keep this in mind.
If the operation mode of the first room is FAN Mode, then using Heating Mode in any room after this
will give priority to heating. In this situation, the air conditioner running in FAN Mode will go on
standby, and the operation lamp will flash.
2. With the Priority Room Setting active
See “Priority Room Setting” on the next page.
" NIGHT QUIET Mode (Available only for cooling operation)

NIGHT QUIET Mode requires initial programming during installation. Please consult your retailer or
dealer for assistance.
NIGHT QUIET Mode reduces the operation noise of the outdoor unit during the night time hours to
prevent annoyance to neighbors.
• The NIGHT QUIET Mode is activated when the temperature drops 5°C or more below the highest
temperature recorded that day. Therefore, when the temperature difference is less than 5°C, this
function will not be activated.
• NIGHT QUIET Mode reduces slightly the cooling (heating) efficiency of the unit.
" OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT Operation

1. With the Priority Room Setting present but inactive or not present
When using the OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation feature with the Multi system, set all indoor
units to OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation using their remote controls.
When clearing OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation, clear one of the operating indoor units using
their remote control.
However OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation display remains on the remote control for other
rooms.
We recommend you release all rooms using their remote controls.
2. With the Priority Room Setting active
See “Priority Room Setting” on the next page.
" Cooling / Heating Mode Lock (Available only for heat pump models)
The Cooling / Heating Mode Lock requires initial programming during installation.Please consult your
retailer or dealer for assistance. The Cooling / Heating Mode Lock sets the unit forcibly to either
Cooling or Heating Mode. This function is convenient when you wish to set all indoor units connected to
the Multi system to the same operation mode.

" Priority Room Setting

The Priority Room Setting requires initial programming during installation. Please consult your
retailer or dealer for assistance.
The room designated as the Priority Room takes priority in the following situations;
1. Operation Mode Priority
As the operation mode of the Priority Room takes precedence, the user can select a different
operation mode from other rooms.
<Example>
* Room A is the Priority Room in the examples.
When COOL mode is selected in Room A while operating the following modes in Room B,C and D :
Status of Room B, C and D when the unit in Room
Operation mode in Room B, C and D
A is in COOL mode
COOL or DRY or FAN Current operation mode maintained
The unit enters Standby Mode. Operation resumes
HEAT
when the Room A unit stops operating.
If the unit is set to COOL mode, operation
continues. If set to HEAT mode, it enters Standby
AUTO
Mode. Operation resumes when the Room A unit
stops operating.
2. Priority when POWERFUL operation is used
<Example>
The indoor units in Rooms A,B,C and D are all operating. If the unit in Room A enters
POWERFUL operation, operation capacity will be concentrated in Room A. In such a case, the
cooling (heating) efficiency of the units in Rooms B,C and D may be slightly reduced.
3. Priority when using OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation
<Example>
Just by setting the unit in Room A to SILENT operation, the air conditioner starts OUTDOOR
UNIT SILENT operation.
You don’t have to set all the operated indoor units to SILENT operation.

2.13 Care and Cleaning

FTK(X)E 25/35 B
CAUTION Before cleaning, be sure to stop the operation and turn the breaker OFF.
Units
" Indoor unit, Outdoor unit and Remote control

1. Wipe them with dry soft cloth.
" Front grille

1. Open the front grille.
• Hold the grille by the tabs on the two sides and
lift it until it stops with a click.
2. Remove the front grille.
• Supporting the front grille with one hand,
release the lock by sliding down the knob with
the other hand.
• To remove the front grille, pull it toward
yourself with both hands.
3. Clean the front grille
• Wipe it with a soft cloth soaked in water.
• Only neutral detergent may be used.
• In case of washing the grille with water, dry it
with cloth, dry it up in the shade after washing.
4. Attach the front grille
• Set the 3 keys of the front grille into the slots
and push them in all the way.
• Close the front grille slowly and push the grille
at the 3 points. Fit the key
into the slot.
(1 on each sides and 1 in the middle.)
• Check to see if the rotating axis in the upper
center section is moving. Slide up the knob.
CAUTION
• Don’t touch the metal parts of the indoor unit. If you touch those parts, this may cause an injury.
• When removing or attaching the front grille, use a robust and stable stool and watch your steps
carefully.
• When removing or attaching the front grille, support the grille securely with hand to prevent it from
falling.
• For cleaning, do not use hot water above 40 °C, benzine, gasoline, thinner, nor other volatile oils,
polishing compound, scrubbing brushes, nor other hand stuff.
• After cleaning, make sure that the front grille is securely fixed.

Filters
2. Pull out the air filters.
• Push a little upwards the tab at the center of
each air filter, then pull it down.
3. Take off the air purifying filter, photocatalytic
deodorizing filter.
• Hold the recessed parts of the frame and
Air purifying Air filter
unhook the four claws. filter or
4. Clean or replace each filter. photocatalytic
deodorizing
See below. filter
5. Set the air filter, air purifying filter and
photocatalytic deodorizing filter as they were
and close the front grille.
Push
• Insert claws of the filters into slots of the front
grille.
Close the front grille slowly and push the grille at
the 3 points. (1 on each sides and 1 in the
middle.)
" Air Filter

1. Wash the air filters with water or clean them with vacuum cleaner.
• If the dust does not come off easily, wash them with neutral
detergent thinned with lukewarm water, then dry them up in the
shade.
• It is recommended to clean the air filters every two weeks.
" Air Purifying Filter (green)

(Replace approximately once every 3 months.)
1. Detach the filter element and attach a new one.
• Insert with the green side up.
• It is recommended to replace the air purifying filter every three months.
" Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter (gray)

[Maintenance]
1. Dry the photocatalytic deodorizing filter in the sun.
• After removing the dust with a vacuum cleaner, place the filter in the sun for approximately 6
hours.
By drying the photocatalytic deodorizing filter in the sun, its deodorizing and antibacterial
capabilities are regenerated.
• Because the filter material is paper, it can not be cleaned with water.
• It is recommended dry the filter once every 6 months.
[Replacement]

Check
Check that the base, stand and other fittings of the outdoor unit are not decayed or corroded.
Check that nothing blocks the air inlets and the outlets of the indoor unit and the outdoor unit.
Check that the earth wire is not disconnected or broken.
Check that the drain comes smoothly out of the drain hose during COOL or DRY operation.
• If no drain water is seen, water may be leaking from the indoor unit. Stop operation and consult
the service shop if this is the case.
" Before a long idle period

1. Operate the “fan only” for several hours on a fine day to dry out the inside.
• Press “MODE” button and select “fan” operation.
• Press “ON/OFF” button and start operation.
2. Clean the air filters and set them again.
3. Take out batteries from the remote control.
4. Turn OFF the breaker for the room air conditioner.
• When a multi outdoor unit is connected, make sure the heating operation is not used at the
other room before you use the fan operation.
NOTE
• Operation with dirty filters :
(1) cannot deodorize the air. (2) cannot clean the air.
(3) results in poor heating or cooling. (4) may cause odour.
• The air purifying filter and Photocatalytic deodorizing filter cannot be reused, even if washed.
• In principle, there is no need to replace the photocatalytic deodorizing filter. Remove the dust
periodically with a vacuum cleaner. However, it is recommended to replace the filter in the
following cases.
(1) The paper material is torn or broken during cleaning.
(2) The filter has become extremely dirty after long use.
• To order air purifying filter or photocatalytic deodorizing filter, contact to the service shop where
you bought the air conditioner.
• Dispose of old air filters as non-burnable waste and photocatalytic deodorizing filters as burnable
waste.
Part name Part No.

Photocatalytic deodorizing filter (with frame) KAZ917B41
Photocatalytic deodorizing filter (without frame) KAZ917B42
Air purifying filter (with frame) KAF925B41
Air purifying filter (without frame) KAF925B42

FTK(X)D 50/60/71 B
Units

" Front grille

lift it until it stops with a click.
2. Remove the front grille.

• Open the front panel further while sliding it to
either the left or right and pulling it toward you.
This will disconnect the rotation dowel on one
side. Then disconnect the rotation dowel on the
other side in the same manner.
• In case of washing the grille with water, dry it with cloth, dry it up in the shade after washing.
4. Attach the front grille
• Align the rotation dowels on the left and right of the front panel
with the slots, then push them all the way in.
• Close the front panel slowly. (Press the panel at both sides and
the center.)
CAUTION
• When removing or attaching the front grille, use a robust and stable stool and watch your steps
carefully.
• When removing or attaching the front grille, support the grille securely with hand to prevent it from
falling.

Filters
• Push a little upwards the tab at the center of
each air filter, then pull it down.
3. Take off the air purifying filter with

photocatalytic deodorizing function.
• Press the top of the air-cleaning filter onto the tabs (3 tabs
at top). Then press the bottom of the filter up slightly, and
press it onto the tabs (3 at bottom).
tabs (3 tabs at top)
tabs (3 at bottom)
4. Clean or replace each filter.
See below.
5. Set the air filter, air purifying filter with photocalytic
deodorizing function as they were and close the front grille.
• Press the front panel at both sides and the center.
" Air Filter

1. Wash the air filters with water or clean them with vacuum cleaner.
shade.
" Air purifying filter with photocatalytie deodorizing function. (gray)

The air purifying capacity of the photocatalytic purifying filter can be renewed by washing it with water
once every 6 months. We recommend replacing it once every 3 years.
[Maintenance]
1. Remove dust with a vacuum cleaner and wash lightly with water.
2. If it is very dirty, soak it for 10 to 15 minutes in water mixed with a neutral cleaning agent.
3. After washing, shake off remaining water and dry in the shade.
4. Since the material is made out of paper, do not wring out the filter when removing water
from it.
[Replacement]
1. Remove the tabs on the filter frame and replace with a new filter.
• Dispose of the old filter as flammable waste.

Check

NOTE
• To order air purifying filter with photocatalytic deodorizing function contact to the service shop
there you bought the air conditioner.
• Dispose of old air filter as non-burnable and photocatalytic deodorizing filters as burnable waste..
Item Part No.

Air purifying filter with photocatalytie deodorizing function. KAF952A42
(without frame) 1 set

CDK(X)D 25/35/50/60 C
" Cleaning the air filter and suction grille (Option)

• Be sure always to clean the unit before use at the beginning of summer and winter.
(Dirt and dust caught in the air filter cause a drop in airflow, which leads to a decline in
performance.)
• When using the unit in a location where dirt may easily accumulate, clean the unit more frequently.
Once every 2 weeks is recommended.
• Ask your DAIKIN dealer how to clean them.
Cleaning the drain pan
• Clean the drain pan periodically, or drain piping may be clogged with dust and may result in water
leakage.
Ask your DAIKIN dealer how to clean them.
• If the ambient air of indoor unit is so dusty, install the optional Dust Cover which prevent dust from
falling into drain pan.
Check

NOTE
• Do not use gasoline, benzene, thinner, polishing powder, liquid insecticide, It may cause
discoloring or warping.
• Do not let the indoor unit get wet. It may cause an electric shock or a fire.
• Operation with dusty air filters lowers the cooling and heating capacity and wastes energy.
• The air filter and the suction grille are option.
• Ask your DAIKIN dealer how to clean them.

FLK(X) 25/35/50/60 A
Units

" Front grille

lift it until it stops with a click. ON
OFF

• In case of washing the grille with water, dry it
with cloth, dry it up in the shade after washing.
3. Close the front grille
• Push the grille at the 5 points indicated by .
• Operation without air filters may result in ON
OFF
troubles as dust will accumulate inside the

indoor unit.
CAUTION
• When opening and closing the front grille, use a robust and stable stool and watch your steps
carefully.
• When opening and closing the front grille, support the grille securely with hand to prevent it from
falling.

Filters
• Push upwards the tab at the center of each air ON
OFF
filter, then pull it down.
3. Take off the air purifying filter, photocatalytic

deodorizing filter.
ON
OFF
• Hold the recessed parts of the frame and unhook

the four claws.
4. Clean or replace each filter.
Air purifying filter
See below. or Photocatalytic
deodorizing filter
5. Set the air filter, air purifying filter and

photocatalytic deodorizing filter as they were
and close the front grille. ON
OFF
• Insert claws of the filters into slots of the front

grille.
• Push the grille at the 5 points.
" Air Filter

1. Wash the air filters with water or clean them with vacuum
cleaner.
shade.
" Air Purifying Filter (green)

(Replace approximately once every 3 months.)
• Insert with the green side up.
• It is recommended to replace the air purifying filter every
three months.
" Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter (gray)

[Maintenance]
1. Dry the photocatalytic deodorizing filter in the sun.
• After removing the dust with a vacuum cleaner, place the filter in the sun for approximately 6
hours.
By drying the photocatalytic deodorizing filter in the sun, its deodorizing and antibacterial
capabilities are regenerated.
• Because the filter material is paper, it can not be cleaned with water.
• It is recommended dry the filter once every 6 months.
[Replacement]

Check

NOTE
• The air purifying filter and Photocatalytic deodorizing filter cannot be reused, even if washed.
• In principle, there is no need to replace the photocatalytic deodorizing filter. Remove the dust
periodically with a vacuum cleaner. However, it is recommended to replace the filter in the
following cases.
(1) The paper material is torn or broken during cleaning.
(2) The filter has become extremely dirty after long use.
• To order air purifying filter or Photocatalytic deodorizing filter, contact to the service shop where
• Dispose of old air filters as non-burnable waste and Photocatalytic deodorizing filters as burnable
waste.
Item Part No.

Photocatalytic deodorizing filter (with frame) KAZ917B41
Photocatalytic deodorizing filter (without frame) KAZ917B42
Air purifying filter (with frame) KAF925B41
Air purifying filter (without frame) KAF925B42

2.14 Troubleshooting
These cases are not troubles.

The following cases are not air conditioner troubles but have some reasons. You may just continue
using it.
Case Explanation
Operation does not start soon. • This is to protect the air conditioner.
• When ON/OFF button was pressed You should wait for about 3 minutes.
soon after operation was stopped.
• When the mode was reselected.
Hot air does not flow out soon after • The air conditioner is warming up. You should wait for 1
the start of heating operation. to 4 minutes.
(The system is designed to start discharging air only
after it has reached a certain temperature.)
The heating operation stops • The system is taking away the frost on the outdoor unit.
suddenly and a flowing sound is You should wait for about 4 to 12 minutes.
heard.
The outdoor unit emits water or " In HEAT mode
steam. • The frost on the outdoor unit melts into water or
steam when the air conditioner is in defrost
operation.
" In COOL or DRY mode
• Moisture in the air condenses into water on the cool
surface of outdoor unit piping and drips.
Mists come out of the indoor unit. " This happens when the air in the room is cooled into mist
by the cold air flow during cooling operation.
The indoor unit gives out odour. " This happens when smells of the room, furniture, or
cigarettes are absorbed into the unit and discharged with
the air flow.
(If this happens, we recommend you to have the indoor
unit washed by a technician. Consult the service shop
where you bought the air conditioner.)
The outdoor fan rotates while the air " After operation is stopped:
conditioner is not in operation. • The outdoor fan continues rotating for another 60
seconds for system protection.
" While the air conditioner is not in operation:
• When the outdoor temperature is very high, the out
door fan starts rotating for system protection.
The operation stopped suddenly. " For system protection, the air conditioner may stop
(OPERATION lamp is on) operating on a sudden large voltage fluctuation.
It automatically resumes operation in about 3 minutes.

Check again.
Please check again before calling a repair person.
Case Check
The air conditioner does not • Hasn’t a breaker turned OFF or a fuse blown?
operate. • Isn’t it a power failure?
(OPERATION lamp is off) • Are batteries set in the remote control?
• Is the timer setting correct?
Cooling (Heating) effect is poor. • Are the air filters clean?
• Is there anything to block the air inlet or the outlet of the
indoor and the outdoor units?
• Is the temperature setting appropriate?
• Are the windows and doors closed?
• Are the air flow rate and the air direction set
appropriately?
• Is the unit set to the INTELLIGENT EYE mode?
Operation stops suddenly. • Are the air filters clean?
(OPERATION lamp flashes.) • Is there anything to block the air inlet or the outlet of the
indoor and the outdoor units?
Clean the air filters or take all obstacles away and turn
the breaker OFF. Then turn it ON again and try
operating the air conditioner with the remote control. If
the lamp still flashes, call the service shop where you
bought the air conditioner.
• Are operation modes all the same for indoor units
connected to outdoor units in the multi system?
If not, set all indoor units to the same operation mode
and confirm that the lamps flash.
Moreover, when the operation mode is in “AUTO”, set all
indoor unit operation modes to “COOL” or “HEAT” for a
moment and check again that the lamps are normal.
If the lamps stop flashing after the above steps, there is
no malfunction.
An abnormal functioning happens • The air conditioner may malfunction with lightening or
during operation. radio waves. Turn the breaker OFF, turn it ON again and
try operating the air conditioner with the remote control.

Call the service shop immediately.
WARNING
" When an abnormality (such as a burning smell) occurs, stop operation and turn the breaker OFF.
Continued operation in an abnormal condition may result in troubles, electric shocks or fire.
Consult the service shop where you bought the air conditioner.
" Do not attempt to repair or modify the air conditioner by yourself.
Incorrect work may result in electric shocks or fire.
Consult the service shop where you bought the air conditioner.
If one of the following symptoms takes place, call the service shop immediately.
" The power cord is abnormally hot or damaged.

" An abnormal sound is heard during operation.
" The safety breaker, a fuse, or the earth leakage Turn the breaker
breaker cuts off the operation frequently. OFF and call the
" A switch or a button often fails to work properly. service shop.
" There is a burning smell.
" Water leaks from the indoor unit.
" After a power failure " Lightening

The air conditioner automatically resumes If lightening may strike the neighbouring area,
operation in about 3 minutes. You should just stop operation and turn the breaker OFF for
wait for a while. system protection.
We recommend periodical maintenance

In certain operating conditions, the inside of the air conditioner may get foul after several seasons of
use, resulting in poor performance. It is recommended to have periodical maintenance by a specialist
aside from regular cleaning by the user. For specialist maintenance, contact the service shop where
The maintenance cost must be born by the user.


SiE12-411
Part 6
Service Diagnosis
1. Caution for Diagnosis..........................................................................162
1.1 Troubleshooting with the Operation Lamp ...........................................162
2. Problem Symptoms and Measures .....................................................164
3. Service Check Function ......................................................................165
4. Code Indication on the Remote Controller ..........................................166
4.1 Error Codes and Description of Fault ...................................................166
5. Troubleshooting ..................................................................................167
5.1 Indoor Units ..........................................................................................167
5.2 Outdoor Units .......................................................................................168
5.3 Indoor Unit PCB Abnormality ...............................................................169
5.4 Freeze-up Protection Control or High Pressure Control.......................170
5.5 Fan Motor or Related Abnormality .......................................................172
5.6 Thermistor or Related Abnormality (Indoor Unit)..................................175
5.7 Shutter Drive Motor / Shutter Limit Switch Abnormality .......................176
5.8 Signal Transmission Error (between Indoor and Outdoor Units)..........177
5.9 Unspecified Voltage (between Indoor and Outdoor Units) ...................178
5.10 Freeze-up Protection Control ...............................................................179
5.11 OL Activation (Compressor Overload) .................................................181
5.12 Compressor Lock .................................................................................182
5.13 DC Fan Lock ........................................................................................183
5.14 Input Over Current Detection ...............................................................184
5.15 Four Way Valve Abnormality................................................................186
5.16 Discharge Pipe Temperature Control...................................................188
5.17 Position Sensor Abnormality ................................................................189
5.18 CT or Related Abnormality ...................................................................190
5.19 Thermistor or Related Abnormality (Outdoor Unit)...............................192
5.20 Electrical Box Temperature Rise..........................................................194
5.21 Radiation Fin Temperature Rise ..........................................................196
5.22 Output Over Current Detection.............................................................198
5.23 Insufficient Gas.....................................................................................200
5.24 Low-voltage Detection..........................................................................202
5.25 Anti-icing Function in Other Rooms / Unspecified Voltage
(between Indoor and Outdoor Units) ....................................................203
6. Check ..................................................................................................204
6.1 How to Check .......................................................................................204
Service Diagnosis 161

Caution for Diagnosis SiE12-411
1. Caution for Diagnosis

1.1 Troubleshooting with the Operation Lamp
The operation lamp flashes when any of the following errors is detected.
1. When a protection device of the indoor or outdoor unit is activated or when the thermistor
malfunctions, disabling equipment operation.
2. When a signal transmission error occurs between the indoor and outdoor units.
In either case, conduct the diagnostic procedure described in the following pages.
Location of In case of
Operation Lamp FTK(X)S 20/25/35 Series
FTK(X)E 25/35 Series
ATXS 20/25/35 Series (Grille type)
Indicator lamps
ON
OFF
Operation lamp (green)
(R3058)
In case of In case of
FTK(X)S 50/60/71 Series CDK(X)S 25/35/50/60 C Series
FTK(X)D 50/60/71 Series CDK(X)D 25/35/50/60 C Series
ATXS 50 Series (Grille type)
OPERATION lamp (green)
Air outlet
Indicator lamps
Operation lamp (green)
TIMER lamp (yellow)

ON/OFF switch
HOME LEAVE lamp (red) (Q0340)
(R2837)
In case of In case of
FVK(X)S 25/35/50 B Series FLK(X)S 25/35/50/60 B Series
FLK(X) 25/35/50/60 A Series
ON
OFF

(Q0342) (Q0341)
162 Service Diagnosis

SiE12-411 Caution for Diagnosis
Caution: Operation stops suddenly. (Operation lamp blinks.)

Cause of above trouble could be "Operation mode butting".
Check followings;
Are the operation modes all the same for indoor units connected to Multi system outdoor unit?
If not set all indoor units to the same operation mode and confirm that the operation lamp is not
blinking.
Moreover, when the operation mode is in "Auto", set all indoor unit operation mode to "Cool" or
"Heat" and check again if the operation lamp is normal.
If the lamp stops blinking after the above steps, there is no malfunction.
HOperation stops and operation lamp blinks only for indoor unit which the different operation
mode is set later. (The first set operation mode has priority.)
Troubleshooting Outdoor Unit

with the LED
Indication
LED A
LED 1
LED 2
LED 3
LED 4
There are green and red LEDs on the PCB. The flashing green LED indicates normal equipment
condition, and the OFF condition of the red LED indicates normal equipment condition.
(Troubleshooting with the green LED)
The LED A (green) of the outdoor unit indicate microcomputer operation condition.
Even after the error is cancelled and the equipment operates in normal condition, the LED
indication remains.

Problem Symptoms and Measures SiE12-411
2. Problem Symptoms and Measures

Problem Symptom Check Item Details of Measure Page
No.
to be
referred
None of the units operates. Check the power supply. Check to make sure that the rated voltage is —
supplied.
Check the type of the indoor units. Check to make sure that the indoor unit type is —
compatible with the outdoor unit.
Check the outdoor air temperature. Heating operation cannot be used when the —
outdoor air temperature is 21°C or higher (only
for heat pump model), and cooling operation
cannot be used when the outdoor air
temperature is below –10 °C (10°C : R22
cooling only model.)
Diagnosis with indoor unit LED — 167
indication
Diagnosis with outdoor unit LED — 168
indication
Check the remote controller Check to make sure that address settings for —
addresses. the remote controller and indoor unit are
correct.
Operation sometimes Check the power supply. A power failure of 2 to 10 cycles can stop air —
stops. conditioner operation. (Operation lamp OFF)
Check the outdoor air temperature. Heating operation cannot be used when the —
outdoor air temperature is 21°C or higher (only
for heat pump model), and cooling operation
cannot be used when the outdoor air
temperature is below –10°C (10°C : R22
cooling only model.)
indication
indication
Some indoor units do not Check the type of the indoor units. Check to make sure that the indoor unit type is —
operate. compatible with the outdoor unit.
indication
indication
Equipment operates but Check for wiring and piping errors in Conduct the wiring/piping error check described —
does not cool, or does not the indoor and outdoor units on the product diagnosis nameplate.
heat (only for heat pump connection wires and pipes.
model).
Check for thermistor detection errors. Check to make sure that the main unit’s —
thermistor has not dismounted from the pipe
holder.
Check for faulty operation of the Set the units to cooling operation, and compare —
electronic expansion valve. the temperatures of the liquid side connection
pipes of the connection section among rooms to
check the opening and closing operation of the
electronic expansion valves of the individual
units.
indication
indication
Diagnosis by service port pressure Check for insufficient gas. 210
and operating current
Large operating noise and Check the output voltage of the — 211
vibrations power transistor.
Check the power transistor. — —
Check the installation condition. Check to make sure that the required spaces —
for installation (specified in the Technical
Guide, etc.) are provided.

SiE12-411 Service Check Function
3. Service Check Function

In the ARC433A series, the temperature display sections on the main unit indicate
corresponding codes.
1. When the timer cancel button is held down for 5 seconds, a “00” indication flashes on the
temperature display section.
< Cover in open position >

Signal transmitter
It sends signals to the indoor unit.
TEMPERATURE
adjustment button
Display ON • It changes the temperature setting.
It displays the current settings.
C
(In this illustration, each section is
shown with all its displays ON for the ON / OFF button
purpose of explanation.) • Press this button once to start
operation.
HOME LEAVE button Press once again to stop it.
for HOME LEAVE operation
HOME LEAVE
ON/OFF FAN setting button
POWERFUL button • It selects the air flow rate setting.
POWERFUL TEMP
for POWERFUL operation
MODE selector button SWING button

(AUTO / DRY / COOL / HEAT / FAN) MODE FAN SWING
SENSOR button
SILENT SENSOR
for INTELLIGENT EYE operation
SILENT button
for OUTDOOR UNIT
SILENT operation ON CANCEL TIMER CANCEL button
• It cancels the timer setting.
ON TIMER button OFF
TIMER
CLOCK button
TIMER setting button
• It changes the time setting.
OFF TIMER button
The figure shows the remote controller for <ARC433A1, A2> (Q0344)
(wall mounted 25 / 35 class).
2. Press the timer cancel button repeatedly until a continuous beep is produced.
" The code indication changes in the sequence shown below, and notifies with along beep.
No. Code No. Code No. Code

1 00 11 E7 21 UA
2 U4 12 C7 22 A5
3 F3 13 H8 23 J9
4 E6 14 J3 24 E8
5 L5 15 A3 25 P4
6 A6 16 A1 26 L3
7 E5 17 C4 27 L4
8 LC 18 C5 28 H6
9 C9 19 H9 29 H7
10 U0 20 J6 30 U2
Note: 1. A short beep and two consecutive beeps indicate non-corresponding codes.
2. To cancel the code display, hold the timer cancel button down for 5 seconds. The code
display also cancels itself if the button is not pressed for 1 minute.

Code Indication on the Remote Controller SiE12-411
4. Code Indication on the Remote Controller

4.1 Error Codes and Description of Fault
Code Indication Description of Problem
System 00 Normal
U0 Insufficient gas
U2 Low-voltage detection
U4 Signal transmission error (between indoor and outdoor units)
UA Unspecified voltage (between indoor and outdoor units)
UH Anti-icing function in other rooms
Indoor A1 Indoor unit PCB abnormality
Unit
A5 Freeze-up protection function or high pressure control
A6 Fan motor or related abnormality
C4 Heat exchanger temperature thermistor abnormality
C7 Shutter drive motor / shutter limit switch abnormality
C9 Room temperature thermistor abnormality
Outdoor E5 OL activation (compressor overloaded)
Unit
E6 Compressor lock
E7 DC fan lock
E8 Input over current detection
EA Four way valve abnormality
F3 Discharge pipe temperature control
H6 Position sensor abnormality
H8 CT or related abnormality
H9 Outdoor air thermistor or related abnormality
J3 Discharge pipe thermistor or related abnormality
J6 Heat exchanger thermistor or related abnormality
J8 Liquid pipe thermistor or related abnormality
J9 Gas pipe thermistor or related abnormality
L3 Electrical box temperature rise
L4 Radiation fin temperature rise
L5 Output over current detection
P4 Radiation fin thermistor or related abnormality

SiE12-411 Troubleshooting
5. Troubleshooting
5.1 Indoor Units
- : Not used for troubleshooting
∗ : Varies depending on the cases.
Indication on Description of The Fault Details of fault
the remote (Refer to the
controller indicated
page.)
Indoor unit in normal condition (Conduct a diagnosis of the outdoor
00 unit.)
—
A1 Indoor unit PCB abnormality 169

Freeze-up protection control or high pressure control (heat pump
A5 model only)
170
Fan motor or related AC motor (Wall : 20~35, Duct, Floor / Ceiling) 172
A6 abnormality DC motor (Wall : 50~71, Floor) 173
C4 Heat exchanger thermistor or related abnormality 175
C7 Shutter drive motor / shutter limit switch abnormality 176
C9 Room temperature thermistor abnormality 175
U4 Signal transmission error (between indoor and outdoor units) 177
UA Unspecified voltage (between indoor and outdoor units) 178

Troubleshooting SiE12-411
5.2 Outdoor Units

4: ON, 1: OFF, 5: Blinks
Green : Flashes when in normal condition

Red : OFF in normal condition
- : Not used for troubleshooting
∗ : Varies depending on the cases.
Outdoor Unit LED Indication Indication on Description of The Fault Details of
the remote Fault (Refer
Green Red to the
controller
A 1 2 3 4 indicated
page.)
5 3 3 3 3 00 Outdoor unit in normal condition
(Conduct a diagnosis of the indoor unit.) —
UA Unspecified voltage (between indoor and outdoor units) 203

UH Anti-icing function in other rooms 203
5 3 3 4 4 (U0) Insufficient gas 200
5 4 3 4 3 (E5) OL activation (compressor overload) 181
5 3 4 4 3 (E6) Compressor lock 182
5 4 3 4 3 F3 Discharge pipe temperature control 188
5 3 3 3 4 L4 Radiation fin temperature rise 196
(Protection of driver overheating)
5 4 4 3 3 H8 CT or related abnormality 190
5 4 4 3 3 H6 Position sensor abnormality 189
H9 Outdoor air thermistor or related abnormality 192
J3 Discharge pipe thermistor or related abnormality 192
J6 Heat exchanger thermistor or related abnormality 192
J8 Liquid pipe thermistor or related abnormality 192
J9 Gas pipe thermistor or related abnormality 192
P4 Radiation fin thermistor or related abnormality 192
5 3 3 4 3 L5 Output over current detection 198
5 3 4 3 4 E8 Input over current detection 184
5 4 3 4 4 A5 Freeze-up protection control 179
5 4 4 4 4 E7 DC fan lock 183
5 4 3 3 3 EA Four way valve abnormality 186
5 4 4 3 4 L3 Electrical box temperature rise 194
5 4 3 3 4 U2 Low-voltage detection 202
Note: 1. The indications in the parenthesis ( ) in the remote controller display column are displayed
only when system-down occurs.
2. When a sensor error occurs, check the remote controller display to determine which sensor
is malfunctioning.
If the remote controller does not indicate the error type, conduct the following operation.
*Turn the power switch off and back on again. If the same LED indication appears again
immediately after the power is turned on, the fault is in the thermistor.
*If the above condition does not result, the fault is in the CT.
3. The indoor unit error indication may take the precedence in the remote controller display.

5.3 Indoor Unit PCB Abnormality

Remote A1
Controller
Display
Method of Evaluation of zero-cross detection of power supply by indoor unit.

Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction When there is no zero-cross detection in approximately 10 continuous seconds.

Decision
Conditions
Supposed " Faulty indoor unit PCB

Causes " Faulty connector connection
Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,

Caution or parts damage may be occurred.
Connector connection check

(note).
NO
Is it normal? Correct connections.
YES
Replace PCBs.
(R1400)
Note: Connector Nos. vary depending on models.

Control connector
Model Type Connector No.
Wall Mounted Type 20 / 25 / 35 class Terminal strip~Control PCB
Wall Mounted Type 50 / 60 / 71 class Terminal strip~Control PCB
Duct Connected Type Terminal strip~Control PCB
Floor / Ceiling Suspended Dual Type S37
Floor Standing Type Control PCB : S7, S201, S203
Power Supply PCB : S8, S202, S204

5.4 Freeze-up Protection Control or High Pressure Control

Remote A5
Controller
Display
Method of " High pressure control (heat pump model only)

Malfunction During heating operations, the temperature detected by the indoor heat exchanger
Detection thermistor is used for the high pressure control (stop, outdoor fan stop, etc.)
" The freeze-up protection control (operation halt) is activated during cooling operation
according to the temperature detected by the indoor unit heat exchanger thermistor.
Malfunction " High pressure control

Decision During heating operations, the temperature detected by the indoor heat exchanger
Conditions thermistor is above 65°C
" Freeze-up protection
When the indoor unit heat exchanger temperature is below 0°C during cooling operation.
Supposed " Operation halt due to clogged air filter of the indoor unit.
Causes " Operation halt due to dust accumulation on the indoor unit heat exchanger.
" Operation halt due to short-circuit.
" Detection error due to faulty indoor unit heat exchanger thermistor.
" Detection error due to faulty indoor unit PCB.

Troubleshooting
Check No.6 Check the air passage.

Refer to P.207
Is there any YES

short-circuit? Provide sufficient air passage.
NO
Check the intake air filter.
YES
Is it very dirty? Clean the air filter.
NO
Check the dust accumulation on
the indoor unit heat exchanger.
YES
Is it very dirty? Clean the heat exchanger.
NO
Check No. 6
Indoor unit heat exchanger
thermistor check
Does it conform to YES

the thermistor characteristic Replace the indoor unit PCB.
chart?
NO
Replace the thermistor
(replace the indoor unit PCB).
(R1401)
Note: If the outside temperature is below –10°C in the cooling mode, the system may get interrupted
with error A5 displayed. The system will be reset itself, but this stop will be put in the error history
memory.

5.5 Fan Motor or Related Abnormality

5.5.1 AC Motor
Remote A6
Controller
Display
Method of The rotation speed detected by the Hall IC during fan motor operation is used to determine
Malfunction abnormal fan motor operation.
Detection
Malfunction When the detected rotation speed is less than 50% of the HH tap under maximum fan motor
Decision rotation demand.
Conditions
Supposed " Operation halt due to short circuit inside the fan motor winding.
Causes " Operation halt due to breaking of wire inside the fan motor.
" Operation halt due to breaking of the fan motor lead wires.
" Operation halt due to faulty capacitor of the fan motor.
" Detection error due to faulty control PCB.
Troubleshooting
Check No.16
Refer to P.213 Operate the fan.
YES
Does it rotate?
Check No. 16
NO Check Hall IC
Rotate the fan by hand.

NO
Is there an output? Replace the fan motor or control
PCB.
NO YES
Does it rotate smoothly? Replace the fan motor
YES Check the fan motor voltage.
Check the fan motor voltage.

(immediately after re-start)
NO
Is it at the rated voltage? Replace control PCB.
∗
YES
NO Replace the fan motor.
Is it at the rated voltage? Replace the control PCB.
∗
YES ∗ Measure the voltage between
the red and black lead wires of
Check the capacitor's the fan motor, and check if the
conductivity maximum voltage reaches the
rated voltage.
YES
Is there conductivity? Replace the capacitor.
(Replace the control PCB.)
NO
Replace the fan motor.
(R3219)

5.5.2 DC Motor
Remote A6
Controller
Display
Method of The rotation speed detected by the Hall IC during fan motor operation is used to determine
Malfunction abnormal fan motor operation.
Detection
Malfunction When the detected rotation speed is less than 50% of the H tap under maximum fan motor
Decision rotation demand.
Conditions
Supposed " Operation halt due to short circuit inside the fan motor winding.
Causes " Operation halt due to breaking of wire inside the fan motor.
" Operation halt due to breaking of the fan motor lead wires.
" Operation halt due to faulty capacitor of the fan motor.
" Detection error due to faulty indoor unit PCB (1).

Troubleshooting
Check No.01 Turn off power supply
Refer to P.204 and rotate fan by hand.
Check No.02 NO
Does fan rotate
smoothly? Replace fan motor.
Refer to P.204
YES
Turn power ON and
operate fan.
Turn off power supply

NO and disconnect fan motor
Does it rotate? connector, then turn
power ON.
YES
Check No.01
Check output of fan
motor connector
Is motor
power voltage NO
DC 200V Replace indoor
generated? unit PCB (1).
YES
Is motor
control power voltage NO Check No.02
DC 15V Check output of indoor
generated? unit PCB (1)
YES
Turn off power supply and Is motor control NO
disconnect fan motor power voltage DC 16V Replace indoor
connector, then turn generetad? unit PCB (1).
power ON again.
YES
Check No.01 Replace indoor
Check output of fan unit PCB (2).
motor connector
Is rotation
number command YES
voltage DC 5V Replace fan motor.
generated? Note : Motor may
break when
the motor
NO connector is
Check No.01 disconnected
Check output of fan while
motor connector remaining
Stop fan motor. power supply.
Is rotation NO
Check No.01 number command pulse Replace fan motor
Check output of fan generated? and indoor PCB (2).
motor connector
YES
Replace indoor
Is rotation unit PCB (2).
NO
number command pulse Replace fan motor.
generated?
YES
Replace indoor
unit PCB (2).
(R1214)

5.6 Thermistor or Related Abnormality (Indoor Unit)

Remote C4, C9
Controller
Display
Method of The temperatures detected by the thermistors are used to determine thermistor errors.
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction When the thermistor input is more than 4.96 V or less than 0.04 V during compressor
Decision operation∗.
Conditions ∗ (reference)
When above about 212°C (less than 120 ohms) or below about -50°C (more than 1,860 kohms).
Note: The values vary slightly in some models.
Supposed " Faulty connector connection

Causes " Faulty thermistor
" Faulty PCB
Troubleshooting
Check No.6
Refer to P.207 Check the connector connection.
NO
Is it normal? Correct the connection.
YES
Check No. 6
Thermistor resistance check
NO
Is it normal? Replace the thermistor.
(Replace the indoor unit PCB.)
YES
Replace the indoor unit PCB.
(R1403)
C4 : Heat exchanger temperature thermistor

C9 : Room temperature thermistor

5.7 Shutter Drive Motor / Shutter Limit Switch Abnormality

Remote C7
Controller
Display
Method of The shutter open / close performance is detected by the limit switch attached on its structure. In
Malfunction this way, the shutter drive motor and the shutter limit switch are checked for failure.
Detection
Malfunction When the shutter is open, the limit switch is closed.

Decision
Conditions
Supposed " Shutter drive motor defective

Causes " Shutter limit switch defective
" Shutter itself deformed (warped)
" Shutter's sealing material too thick
" Detection error by broken relay harness or disconnected connector
" Detection error due to defective PCB (2)
" Foreign substance in blow port
Troubleshooting
Check No.3
Turn off the power.
Refer to P.204
Foreign substance in the YES

shutter structure? Remove such substance.
NO
Check No. 3
Check the limit switch continuity.
NO
Limit switch on power? Replace the limit switch.
YES
Open the shutter and turn on the
power.
NO Relay harness YES

Shutter closed? broken or connector Reconnect the connector or
disconnected? replace the relay harness.
YES NO
Replace the shutter drive
YES motor or the PC board (2).
Shutter opening itself? Check the shutter's sealing
material.
NO
Check the shutter for
deformation or its sealing
material.
(Q0346)

5.8 Signal Transmission Error (between Indoor and Outdoor

Units)
Remote U4
Controller
Display
Method of The data received from the outdoor unit in indoor unit-outdoor unit signal transmission is
Malfunction checked whether it is normal.
Detection
Malfunction When the data sent from the outdoor unit cannot be received normally, or when the content of
Decision the data is abnormal.
Conditions
Supposed " Faulty outdoor unit PCB.

Causes " Faulty indoor unit PCB.
" Indoor unit-outdoor unit signal transmission error due to wiring error.
" Indoor unit-outdoor unit signal transmission error due to disturbed power supply waveform.
" Indoor unit-outdoor unit signal transmission error due to breaking of wire in the connection
wires between the indoor and outdoor units (wire No. 2).
Troubleshooting
Check No.10 Check the indoor unit-outdoor unit

connection wires.
Refer to P.210
YES
Is there any wiring error? Correct the indoor unit-outdoor
unit connection wires.
NO
Check the outdoor unit's LED A.
NO
Is LED A flashing? Diagnose the outdoor unit.
YES
Check the voltage of the indoor
unit-outdoor unit connection wires
between No. 1 and No. 2, and
between No 2 and No. 3.
YES
Is the voltage 0 V? Replace the connection wires
between the indoor and
outdoor units.
NO
Check No. 10
Check power supply waveform.
NO
Is there any disturbance? Replace indoor unit control
PCB .
YES
Locate the cause of the
disturbance of the power supply
waveform, and correct it. (R2840)

5.9 Unspecified Voltage (between Indoor and Outdoor Units)

Remote UA
Controller
Display
Method of The supply power is detected for its requirements (different from separate type and multi type)
Malfunction by the indoor / outdoor transmission signal.
Detection
Malfunction The separate type and multi type are interconnected.

Decision
Conditions
Supposed " Wrong models interconnected

Causes " Wrong indoor unit PCB mounted
" Indoor unit PCB defective
" Wrong outdoor unit PCB mounted or defective
Troubleshooting
Check the indoor and outdoor unit

model numbers.
NO
Indoor unit and outdoor unit Match the compatible
matched? models.
YES
Check the code numbers
(2P01234, for example) of the
indoor and outdoor unit PC boards
with the Parts List.
NO
Matched compatibly? Change for the specified
PC board (1) or (2).
YES
Replace the indoor unit PC
board (1) (or the outdoor
(Q0347)

5.10 Freeze-up Protection Control

Remote A5
Controller
Display
Outdoor Unit LED A5 14 21 34 44

Display
Method of Indoor unit icing, during cooling operation, is detected by checking the temperatures sensed by
Malfunction the indoor unit heat exchanger thermistor and room temperature thermistor that are located in a
Detection shut-down room.
Malfunction In the cooling mode, the following conditions (A) and (B) are kept together for 5 minutes.
Decision (A) Indoor unit heat exchanger temperature ≤ –1°C
Conditions (B) Indoor unit heat exchanger temperature ≤ Room temperature –10°C
" If the indoor unit icing protector is activated four times straight, the system will be shut down.
(The 4-time counter will reset itself if any of the following errors does not occur during the
compressor running time (total time): OL, radiation fin temperature rise, gas shortage, and
compressor startup.)
<Total 60 minutes>
Supposed " Wrong wiring or piping

Causes " Ev malfunctioning in each room
" Short-circuit
" Indoor unit heat exchanger thermistor defective
" Indoor unit thermistor defective

Troubleshooting
Check No.4
Refer to P.205 Check the wiring and piping.
Check No.6 YES

Wiring or piping out of spec? Activate the wiring error
Refer to P.207 check mode.
NO
Check No. 4
Check the electronic expansion
valve.
NO
Motor functioning? Replace the defective Ev or
coil.
YES
Check No. 6
Check the outdoor unit heat
exchanger thermistor.
Thermistor as specified NO
Replace the heat
in its characteristic exchanger thermistor.
chart?
YES
Check No. 6
Check the room temperature
thermistor.
Thermistor as specified NO
Replace the room
in its characteristic temperature thermistor.
chart?
YES
Change the gas to let moisture out
of the unit (after drawing a
vacuum).
YES Replace the room

Error again?
temperature thermistor or
indoor unit heat exchanger
NO thermistor.
Do the vacuum-drying.
Replace the indoor unit
PCB and then start the
wiring error check mode.
(R3059)

5.11 OL Activation (Compressor Overload)

Remote E5
Controller
Display
Outdoor Unit LED A5 1 4 21 34 41

Display
Method of A compressor overload is detected through compressor OL.

Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction " If the compressor OL is activated twice, the system will be shut down.
Decision " The error counter will reset itself if this or any other error does not occur during the following
Conditions 60-minute compressor running time (total time).
∗ The operating temperature condition is not specified.
Supposed " Refrigerant shortage

Causes " Four way valve malfunctioning
" Outdoor unit PCB defective
" Water mixed in the local piping
" Electronic expansion valve defective
" Shut-off valve defective
Troubleshooting
Check No.4
Refer to P.205
YES
Discharge pipe thermistor Insert the thermistor in
disconnected? position.
Check No.5 NO
Refer to P.206
Check No. 6 Malfunctioning
Check the thermistors Replace the discharge pipe
∗ Discharge pipe thermistor thermistor.
Check No.6 Functioning
Refer to P.207
Check the electronic expantion Replace the valve itself or
valve. the coil.
Check No.11
Functioning
Refer to P.210
Check the four way valve. Replace the four way valve
coil or the valve itself.
Replace the outdoor unit
Functioning PCB.

Check the refrigerant line. Refer to the refrigerant line
∗ Refrigerant shortage check procedure.
∗ Water mixed
Functioning ∗ Stop valve defective
PCB. (R2841)

5.12 Compressor Lock

Remote E6
Controller
Display

Display
Method of A compressor lock is detected by checking the compressor running condition through the
Malfunction position detection circuit.
Detection
Malfunction " The position detection circuit detects a compressor frequency of below 10 Hz for 20 seconds
Decision or a frequency of above 160 Hz.
Conditions " 40 seconds after the compressor has started, the position detection circuit detects a
compressor frequency of above 180 Hz.
" The system will be shut down if the error occurs 16 times.
" Clearing condition: Continuous run for about 5 minutes (normal)
Supposed " Compressor locked

Causes
Troubleshooting
Turn off the power. Disconnect the
harnesses U, V and W.
∗ Inverter checker
Check with the inverter checker (∗). Part No.: 1225477
NO
Normal? Correct the power supply or
replace the SPM.
(Replace the outdoor unit
YES PCB.)
Turn off the power and reconnect
the harnesses. Turn on the power
again and get the system restarted.
Emergency stop YES

without compressor Replace the compressor.
running?
NO
System shut NO
down after errors repeated Check the electronic
several times? expansion valve.
Replace it as required.
YES
Replace the compressor.
(R2842)

5.13 DC Fan Lock

Remote E7
Controller
Display

Display
Method of A fan motor line error is detected by checking the high-voltage fan motor rpm being detected by
Malfunction the Hall IC.
Detection
Malfunction " The fan does not start in 30 seconds even when the fan motor is running.
Decision " The system will be shut down if the error occurs 16 times.
Conditions " Clearing condition: Continuous run for about 5 minutes (normal)
Supposed " Fan motor breakdown

Causes " Harness or connector disconnected between fan motor and PCB or in poor contact
" Foreign matters stuck in the fan
Troubleshooting
Check No.15
Refer to P.212 Fan motor connector YES
Turn off the power and
disconnected? reconnect the connector.
NO
YES
Foreign matters in or Remove.
around the fan?
NO
Get started.
Check No. 15
Check the outdoor unit PCB rpm
pulse input.
NO
Pulse signal inputted? Replace the outdoor unit
fan motor.
YES
PCB.
(R2843)

5.14 Input Over Current Detection

Remote E8
Controller
Display

Display
Method of An input over-current is detected by checking the input current value being detected by CT with
Malfunction the compressor running.
Detection
Malfunction " The following CT input with the compressor running continues for 2.5 seconds.
Decision CT input : Above 20 A
Conditions " The system will be shut down if the error occurs 16 times.
" Clearing condition : Continuous run for about 5 minutes (normal)
Supposed " Over-current due to compressor failure

Causes " Over-current due to defective power transistor
" Over-current due to defective inverter main circuit electrolytic capacitor
" Over-current due to defective outdoor unit PCB
" Error detection due to outdoor unit PCB
" Over-current due to short-circuit

Troubleshooting
Check No.7 ∗ An input over-current may result from wrong internal wiring. If the wires have been disconnected and
Refer to P.208 reconnected for part replacement, for example, and the system is interrupted by an input over-current,
take the following procedure.
Get restarted and measure the

input current.
Check No.8
Refer to P.209
Input current flowing NO
above its stop level? PCB.
Check No.14
Refer to P.212 YES
Check No. 14
Check the main circuit electrolytic
capacitor.
NO
Normal? Replace the electrolytic
capacitor.
YES
Turn off the power and disconnect
the harnesses U, V and W.
YES
Any LED off? Correct the power supply or
replace the SPM.
NO PCB.)
Turn off the power, and reconnect
again and get restarted.
Check No. 8
Check the discharge pressure.
Check No. 7
Check the installation condition.
(R2844)

5.15 Four Way Valve Abnormality

Remote EA
Controller
Display

Display
Method of The liquid pipe thermistor, the outdoor temperature thermistor and the outdoor unit heat
Malfunction exchanger thermistor are checked to see if they function within their normal ranges in the
Detection operating mode.
Malfunction Either of the following conditions occurs 3 minutes after the compressor has started.
Decision " Cooling / dry operation
Conditions (Outdoor unit heat exchanger temperature – Liquid pipe temperature) < –5°C
" Heating operation
(Liquid pipe temperature – Outdoor unit heat exchanger temperature) < –5°C
Supposed " Connector in poor contact

Causes " Thermistor defective
" Four way valve coil or harness defective
" Four way valve defective
" Foreign substance mixed in refrigerant

Troubleshooting
Check No.5
Refer to P.206 Four-way valve coil YES
Correct.
disconnected (loose)?
NO
Check No.6
Refer to P.207 YES
Harness out of connector? Reconnect.
NO
Check No.11
Refer to P.210 Check the continuity of the
four-way valve coil and harness.
Disconnect the
harness from NO
the connector. Replace the four-way valve
Resistance between coil.
harnesses about
1500 ohms?
YES

Check the four-way valve Replace the outdoor unit
switching output. PC board.
Functioning
YES
Any thermistor disconnected? Reconnect in position.
NO

Replace a defective
Check the thermistors. thermistor.
Functioning

Water mixed check procedure.
Shut-off valve defective
Functioning
Replace the four-way valve
(defective or dust-clogged).
(Q0353)

5.16 Discharge Pipe Temperature Control

Remote F3
Controller
Display

Display
Method of The discharge pipe temperature control (stop, frequency drooping, etc.) is checked with the
Malfunction temperature being detected by the discharge pipe thermistor.
Detection
Malfunction " If a stop takes place 6 times straight due to abnormal discharge pipe temperature, the
Decision system will be shut down.
Conditions " If the temperature being detected by the discharge pipe thermistor rises above 120°C, the
compressor will stop. (The error is cleared when the temperature has dropped below
107°C.)
Stop temperatures (in the case of 3MXS52BVMB)
(1) 110°C when the frequency rises above 45 Hz or drops below 40 Hz.
(2) 102°C when the frequency rises from 30 Hz to 45 Hz or drops from 40 Hz to 25 Hz.
(3) 98°C when the frequency rises just up to 30 Hz or drops below 25 Hz.
" The error counter will reset itself if this or any other error does not occur during the following
60-minute compressor running time (total time).
Supposed " Refrigerant shortage

Causes " Four way valve malfunctioning
" Discharge pipe thermistor defective
(heat exchanger or outdoor temperature thermistor defective)
" Water mixed in the local piping
" Stop valve defective
Troubleshooting
Check No.4
Refer to P.205 Check No. 6 Malfunctioning
Check the thermistors. Replace a defective
Discharge pipe thermistor thermistor.
Outdoor unit heat exchanger thermistor
Functioning Outdoor temperature thermistor
Check No.6
Check the electronic expansion Replace the valve itself or
valve. the coil.
Functioning
Check No.11
Refrigerant shortage check procedure.
Four way valve malfunctioning
Functioning Water mixed
Stop valve defective
PCB. (R2846)

5.17 Position Sensor Abnormality

Remote H6
Controller
Display

Display
Method of A compressor startup failure is detected by checking the compressor running condition through
Malfunction the position detection circuit.
Detection
Malfunction " The compressor fails to start in about 15 seconds after the compressor run command signal
Decision is sent.
Conditions " Clearing condition: Continuous run for about 5 minutes (normal)
Supposed " Compressor relay cable disconnected

Causes " Compressor itself defective
" Stop valve closed
" Input voltage out of specification
Troubleshooting
Check No.13 Check No. 13
Refer to P.211 Check for short-circuit.
NO
Normal Replace the outdoor unit
PCB, outdoor unit fan.
YES
Check the electrolytic capacitor
voltage.
NO
DC380±30V? Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.
YES
Electricals NO
or compressor harnesses Reconnect as specified.
connected as
specified?
Turn off the power. Disconnect the

harnesses U, V and W.
YES
replace the outdoor unit
PCB.
NO
(R2847)

5.18 CT or Related Abnormality

Remote H8
Controller
Display

Display
Method of A CT or related error is detected by checking the compressor running frequency and CT-
Malfunction detected input current.
Detection
Malfunction The compressor running frequency is below 55 Hz and the CT input is below 0.1 V.
Decision (The input current is also below 1.25 A.)
Conditions " If this error repeats 4 times, the system will be shut down.
Supposed " Power transistor defective

Causes " Internal wiring broken or in poor contact
" Reactor defective

Troubleshooting
Check No.12 Turn off the power and turn it on
Refer to P.211 again.
Get the system started.
∗ Running current YES

as shown at right with relay Replace the outdoor unit
cable 1 or 2? Current Capacitor charged when PCB.
(guideline) the indoor unit or outdoor
unit main relay turns on
NO
Check No. 12
Rising with increasing
Check the capacitor voltage. frequency
2 sec Time
YES Turn off the power. Disconnect the

DC380±30V? harnesses U, V and W.
NO
Check with the inverter checker (∗). * Inverter checker
Measure the rectifier input voltage. Part No.: 1225477
YES
replace the SPM.
NO PCB.)
Turn off the power and reconnect
the above harnesses. Then turn on
the power again and get the
system restarted.
YES
Compressor running? Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.
NO
Voltage within YES
the allowable range (Supply Replace the outdoor unit
voltage±15%)? PCB.
NO
Check the supply voltage.
(R2848)

5.19 Thermistor or Related Abnormality (Outdoor Unit)

Remote P4, J3, J6, J8, J9, H9
Controller
Display

Display
Method of This type of error is detected by checking the thermistor input voltage to the microcomputer.
Malfunction [A thermistor error is detected by checking the temperature being detected by each thermistor.]
Detection
Malfunction When the thermistor input is above 4.96 V or below 0.04 V with the power on, the J3 error is
Decision judged if the discharge pipe thermistor temperature is smaller than the condenser thermistor
Conditions temperature, or the system will be shut down if all the units are judged with the J8 error.
Supposed " Connector in poor contact

Causes " Thermistor defective
" Indoor unit PCB defective
" Condenser thermistor defective in the case of J3 error (outdoor unit heat exchanger
thermistor in the cooling mode, or indoor unit heat exchanger thermistor in the heating
mode)

Troubleshooting
Check No.6
Refer to P.207 Turn on the power again.
Error displayed again NO

on remote controller? Reconnect.
YES
YES
Connector or thermistor
disconnected? Reconnect.
NO
Check No. 6
Check the thermistor resistance
value.
NO
Normal? Replace defective one(s) of
the following thermistors.
J3 error if discharge pipe Radiation fin thermistor
thermistor temperature is
YES Discharge pipe
smaller than condenser
thermistor temperature temperature thermistor
Outdoor unit heat
Cooling: Outdoor unit heat exchanger temperature
exchanger thermistor thermistor
Heating: Indoor unit heat Liquid pipe thermistor
exchanger thermistor
Gas pipe thermistor
Check No. 6 Outdoor temperature
Check the indoor unit heat thermistor
exchanger thermistor resistance
value in the heating mode.
Indoor unit NO
heat exchanger thermistor Replace the following
functioning? thermistor.
Indoor unit heat
exchanger thermistor
YES
PC board. (Replace the
indoor unit PC board.)
(Q0357)
P4 : Radiation fin thermistor

J3 : Discharge pipe temperature thermistor
J6 : Outdoor unit heat exchanger temperature thermistor
J8 : Liquid pipe thermistor
J9 : Gas pipe thermistor
H9 : Outdoor temperature thermistor

5.20 Electrical Box Temperature Rise

Remote L3
Controller
Display

Display
Method of An electrical box temperature rise is detected by checking the radiation fin thermistor with the
Malfunction compressor off.
Detection
Malfunction With the compressor off, the radiation fin temperature is above 80°C (above 75°C in the case of
Decision 8.0 · 9.0kW class). (Reset is made when the temperature drops below 70°C.)
Conditions
Supposed " Fin temperature rise due to defective outdoor unit fan
Causes " Fin temperature rise due to short-circuit
" Fin thermistor defective
" Connector in poor contact

Troubleshooting
Check No.6 Turn off the power and turn it on WARNING
Refer to P.207 again. To cool down the electricals, the
outdoor unit fan gets started when
the radiation fin temperature rises
above 78°C and stops itself when
Check No.7 it drops below 70°C.
Refer to P.208 YES

Error again or outdoor unit
fan activated?
NO
Check No.9
Refer to P.209 Check No. 6
value.
Fin thermistor
Check the radiation fin

temperature.
Thermistor as NO
specified in its characteristic Replace the fin thermistor.
chart?
YES
NO
Above 80°C? Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.
YES

Check the outdoor unit Replace the fan motor.
fan or related. Correct the connectors and
fan motor leads.
Functioning Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.
Too dirty
Radiation fin dirty? Clean up the radiation fin.
Slightly dirty
Check No. 7
(R2850)

5.21 Radiation Fin Temperature Rise

Remote L4
Controller
Display

Display
Method of A radiation fin temperature rise is detected by checking the radiation fin temperature being
Malfunction detected by the fin thermistor with the compressor on.
Detection
Malfunction If the radiation fin temperature with the compressor on is above 90°C for 5.2~7.5 kW-or-smaller
Decision class systems or above 85°C for 8.0 · 9.0 kW class systems,
Conditions " If a radiation fin temperature rise takes place 4 times successively, the system will be shut
down.
Supposed " Fin temperature rise due to defective outdoor unit fan
Causes " Fin temperature rise due to short-circuit
" Fin thermistor defective
" Connector in poor contact

Troubleshooting
Check No.6 Turn off the power and turn it on
Refer to P.207 again to get the system started.
Check No.7
Refer to P.208 YES
Error displayed again?
Check No.9 NO
Refer to P.209 Check No. 6

value.
Fin thermistor
Check the radiation fin

temperature.
Thermistor as NO
specified in its characteristic Replace the fin thermistor.
chart?
YES
NO
Above 90°C? Check the power transistor
and fin for looseness. If
they are found to be fit
YES tightly, replace the PCB or
the power transistor.

Check the outdoor unit Replace the fan motor.
fan or related. Correct the connectors and
fan motor leads.
Functioning Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.
Too dirty
Radiation fin dirty? Clean up the radiation fin.
Slightly dirty
Check No. 7
(R2851)

5.22 Output Over Current Detection

Remote L5
Controller
Display

Display
Method of An output over-current is detected by checking the current that flows in the inverter DC section.
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction " A position signal error occurs while the compressor is running.
Decision " A speed error occurs while the compressor is running.
Conditions " An output over-current input is fed from the output over-current detection circuit to the
microcomputer.
Supposed " Over-current due to defective power transistor

Causes " Over-current due to wrong internal wiring
" Over-current due to abnormal supply voltage
" Over-current due to defective PCB
" Error detection due to defective PCB
" Over-current due to closed stop valve
" Over-current due to compressor failure
" Over-current due to poor installation condition

Troubleshooting
Check No.7 ∗ An output over-current may result from wrong internal wiring. If the wires have been disconnected and
Refer to P.208 reconnected for part replacement, for example, and the system is interrupted by an output over-current,
take the following procedure.
NO
Check No.8 Stop valve fully open? Fully open the stop valve.
Refer to P.209
YES
Turn off the power and turn it on
again to get the system started.
Check No.13 See if the same error occurs.
Refer to P.211
NO Monitor the supply voltage,
Error again? discharge and suction pressures,
and other factors for a long term.
YES Possible causes

Instantaneous supply voltage
Turn off the power and disconnect drop Keep on using as it is
the harnesses U, V and W. Compressor motor overloaded (monitor).
Contact-induced electrical short- Check the electricals'
circuit connectors and other
fittings.
Check with the inverter checker (∗). ∗ Inverter checker
Part No.: 1225477
YES
replace the SPM.
NO PCB.)
Check No. 13
Check the power transistor.
NO
Normal? Replace the SPM.
PCB.)
YES
Turn off the power, and reconnect
again and get restarted.
NO
Voltage as rated? Correct the power supply.
YES
Short-circuit YES
or breakage between Replace the compressor.
compressor's coil
phases?
NO
Check No. 8
Check the discharge pressure.
Check No. 7
(R2852)

5.23 Insufficient Gas

Remote U0
Controller
Display

Display
Method of Gas shortage detection I : A gas shortage is detected by checking the CT-detected input current
Malfunction value and the compressor running frequency.
Detection Gas shortage detection II : A gas shortage is detected by checking the difference between
indoor unit heat exchanger temperature and room temperature as well as the difference
between outdoor unit heat exchanger temperature and room temperature.
Malfunction Gas shortage detection I :

Decision Input current < 8.78 / 256 (A/Hz) x Compressor running frequency + 0.25
Conditions However, when the status of running frequency > 55 (Hz) is kept on for a certain time.
Note : The values are different from model to model.
Gas shortage detection II :
If a gas shortage error takes place 4 times straight, the system will be shut down. The error
counter will reset itself if this or any other error does not occur during the following 60-minute
compressor running time (total time).
Supposed " Refrigerant shortage (refrigerant leakage)

Causes " Poor compression performance of compressor
" Discharge pipe thermistor disconnected, or indoor unit or outdoor unit heat exchanger
thermistor disconnected, room or outside air temperature thermistor disconnected
" Stop valve closed

Troubleshooting
Check No.4
Refer to P.205 Any thermistor YES
disconnected? Reconnect in position.
* Discharge pipe thermistor
* Indoor / outdoor unit heat exchanger thermistor
NO * Room temperature thermistor
Check No.6 * Outdoor air thermistor
Refer to P.207
YES
Stop valve closed? Open the stop valve.
NO
Check for gas leakage.
YES
Oil oozing at relay pipe Repair the pipe flare or
connections? replace the square union.
NO
YES
Oil oozing at internal piping?
NO YES Check the power transistor

Compressor vibrating
too much? harness for looseness.
Check No. 4 Correct it as required. Also
Electronic expansion valve replace cracked pipe if any.
functioning? NO NO
Check the pipes for
YES improper contact. Correct
as required. Also replace
cracked pipe if any.
Replace the electronic
expansion valve.
Malfunctioning
Check the CT. CT in trouble (refer to H8).
Functioning
Change for a specified amount of

fresh refrigerant.
YES
Gas shortage error again?
Malfunctioning Replace the room

NO Check No. 6 temperature or outdoor air
Check the thermistors. thermistor, or the indoor
unit or outdoor unit heat
exchanger thermistor.
Functioning
(1) Replace the PCB.
(2) Replace the compressor.
Procedure complete
(R2853)

5.24 Low-voltage Detection

Remote U2
Controller
Display

Display
Method of An abnormal voltage rise or drop is detected by checking the detection circuit or DC voltage
Malfunction detection circuit.
Detection
Malfunction " An over-voltage signal is fed from the over-voltage detection circuit to the microcomputer, or
Decision the voltage being detected by the DC voltage detection circuit is judged to be below 150 V
Conditions for 0.1 second.
Supposed " Supply voltage not as specified

Causes " Over-voltage detector or DC voltage detection circuit defective
" PAM control part(s) defective
Troubleshooting
Supply voltage as NO
specified? Correct the power supply.
YES
(Precaution before turning on the power again)

Make sure the power has been off for
at least 30 seconds.
Turn on the YES
power again. Disturbance factors Check for such factors for a
System restarted? ∗ Noise ∗ Power supply distortion long term.
∗ Try to get restarted a
NO couple of times.
Repeat a
couple of times.
Replace the SPM.
PCB.)
(R2854)

5.25 Anti-icing Function in Other Rooms / Unspecified

Voltage (between Indoor and Outdoor Units)
Remote UA, UH
Controller
Display

Display
Method of A wrong connection is detected by checking the combination of indoor and outdoor units on the
Malfunction microcomputer.
Detection
Malfunction " Operation halt due to the anti-icing function in other rooms
Decision " Operation halt due to unspecified internal and/or external voltages
Conditions " Operation halt due to mismatching of indoor and outdoor units
Supposed " Operation halt due to the anti-icing function in other rooms
Causes " Wrong connections at the indoor unit
" PCB wrongly connected
Troubleshooting

Error-displaying NO
air-conditioner running? The freeze protection
function is activated in other
rooms. Refer to A5.
YES
Supply voltage NO
as specified? Correct.
YES
Check the model name.
NO
Normal? Reconnect.
YES
Check the combination of all the
models being connected.
(R3066)

Check SiE12-411
6. Check
6.1 How to Check
6.1.1 Fan Motor Connector Output Check
Check No.01 1. Check connector connection.
2. Check motor power supply voltage output (pins 4-7 and 4-8).
3. Check motor control voltage (pins 4-3).
4. Check rotation command voltage output (pins 4-2).
5. Check rotation pulse input (pins 4-1).
Upper fan connector Lower fan connector
7 Motor power supply voltage 8 Motor power supply voltage
6 Unused 7 Unused
5 Unused 6 Unused
4 P.0V (reference potential) 5 Unused
3 Motor control voltage (15 VDC) 4 P.0V (reference potential)
2 Rotation command voltage (1~ 5 VDC) 3 Motor control voltage (15 VDC)
1 Rotation pulse input 2 Rotation command voltage (1 to 5 VDC)
1 Rotation pulse input
(R1224)
Check No.02 1. Check connector connection.

2. Check motor control voltage output (pins 2-1).
S202
5 Motor power supply voltage
4 Unused
3 Unused
2 P.0V (reference potential)
1 Motor control power supply
(R1073)
6.1.2 Limit Switch Continuity Check

Check No.3 Remove the front grille. The limit switch is located at the left side of the drain pan assembly.
Check the continuity of the switch connection.
Shutter status Open Closed
Continuity Continuity No continuity
Upward
Tester
Limit switch
(Q0363)
Forward
∗ The shutter can be opened and closed with hand. Keep the shutter open and closed all the
way for each continuity check steps.

SiE12-411 Check
6.1.3 Electronic Expansion Valve Check

Check No.4 Conduct the followings to check the electronic expansion valve (EV).
1. Check to see if the EV connector is correctly inserted in the PCB. Compare the EV unit and
the connector number.
2. Turn the power off and back on again, and check to see if all the EVs generate latching
sound.
3. If any of the EVs does not generate latching noise in the above step 2, disconnect that
connector and check the conductivity using a tester.
Check the conductivity between pins 1, 3 and 6, and between pins 2, 4 and 5. If there is no
conductivity between the pins, the EV coil is faulty.
4. If no EV generates latching sound in the above step 2, the outdoor unit PCB is faulty.
5. If the conductivity is confirmed in the above step 2, mount a good coil (which generated
latching sound) in the EV unit that did not generate latching sound, and check to see if that
EV generates latching sound.
∗If latching sound is generated, the outdoor unit PCB is faulty.
∗If latching sound is not generated, the EV unit is faulty.
Note: Please note that the latching sound varies depending on the valve type.
Valve Body Condition (Symptom) Check Method / Measure

(1) Valve body catches at fully opened or half Reset power supply and conduct cooling
opened position. operation unit by unit.
(Symptom)
Cooling:
Check the liquid pipe temperature
"Water leakage at the no-operation unit of no-operation unit.
"Flow noise of refrigerant in the no-operation unit
"Operation halt due to icing protection
Is it
Heating: almost same as the
outside air temperature? NO
"The unit does not heat
"Refrigerant flow rate vary by unit
(Discharge air temperatures are different by YES
room) Replace the EVn of the room.
"Peak cut (R1431)
(2) Valve body catches at complete close Reset power supply and conduct cooling
position. operation unit by unit.
(Symptom)
Cooling:
"The only unit having problem does not cool the Check the low pressure
room .
"When the only faulty unit is in operation, the unit
makes pump down. Does
(The low pressure of the unit becomes vacuum) the pressure become into NO
"IT is activated. vacuum zone?
"Abnormal discharge pipe temperature
YES
Heating: Replace the EVn of the room (R1432)
Insufficient gas due to liquid refrigerant
stagnation inside
the faulty indoor unit
(Only for heat pump model)
"The unit does not heat the room.
"IT is activated.
"Abnormal discharge pipe temperature
(3) Valve does not open fully. Check the number of rotation of shaft if it is 5 and
(Symptom) half from full open to complete close using
"The unit does not cool nor heat (only for heat manual coil for electronic expansion valve. When
pump model.) the number of rotation of shaft is less than the
"IT is actuated. above value, the valve may catch anywhere of
"Abnormal discharge pipe temperature the body.

Check SiE12-411
6.1.4 Four Way Valve Performance Check

Check No.5
Turn off the power and turn it on

again.
∗ Four way valve coil

Start the heating-mode run. Cooling / dry : No continuity
Heating : Continuity
S80 voltage
at DC 180-220 V with NO
compressor on? PCB.
(Fig. 1)
YES
Disconnect the four way valve coil
from the connector and check the
continuity.
Four way valve NO

coil resistance at Replace the four way valve
1500 ohms? coil.
YES
Replace the four way valve.
(Fig. 1)
Voltage at S80
DC180-220V
Compressor
ON Time
(R2856)

SiE12-411 Check
6.1.5 Thermistor Resistance Check

Check No.6 Remove the connectors of the thermistors on the PCB, and measure the resistance of each
thermistor using tester.
The relationship between normal temperature and resistance is shown in the graph and the
table below.
Thermistor R25°C=20kΩ B=3950

Temperature (°C)
-20 211.0 (kΩ)
-15 150
-10 116.5
-5 88
0 67.2
5 51.9
10 40
15 31.8
20 25
25 20
30 16
35 13
40 10.6
45 8.7
50 7.2
Tester
Resistance range
(R25 = 20k⍀, B=3950)

(k⍀)
(°C)

Check SiE12-411
6.1.6 Installation Condition Check

Check No.7
Installation condition check
Check
the allowable Abnormal
dimensions of the air suction Change the position of the air
and discharge discharge grille or the
area. installation location.
Normal
Does
the discharged
air from other outdoor YES
unit cause an increase of Change the position of the air
the suction air discharge grille or the
temperature? installation location.
NO
Is the heat exchanger YES

Clean the heat exchanger.
very dirty?
NO
Is
the air flow
blocked by obstacles or YES
winds blowing in the Change the installation
opposite direction? location or direction.
NO
Check the outside air
temperature (temperature of air
taken in by the outdoor unit).
(The outside air temperature
shall be 43°C or lower.)
(R1438)

SiE12-411 Check
6.1.7 Discharge Pressure Check

Check No.8
Discharge pressure check
NO
High Replace compessor.
YES
NO
Is the stop valve open? Open the stop valve.
YES
Is the NO
connection pipe deformed? Replace the pipe installed at
the site.
YES
NO
At the heat exchanger and Clean.
air filter dirty?
YES
(R1443)
6.1.8 Outdoor Unit Fan System Check (With DC Motor)

Check No.9
Check the outdoor unit fan system.
NO Fan motor lead wire YES

Outdoor unit fan running? connector disconnected? Reconnect.
YES NO
Outdoor unit fan system
functioning. Go to Check No. 15.
(R2857)

Check SiE12-411
6.1.9 Power Supply Waveforms Check

Check No.10 Measure the power supply waveform between pins 1 and 3 on the terminal board, and check
the waveform disturbance.
" Check to see if the power supply waveform is a sine wave (Fig.1).
" Check to see if there is waveform disturbance near the zero cross (sections circled in Fig.2)
[Fig.1] [Fig.2]
6.1.10 Inverter Units Refrigerant System Check

Check No.11
Refrigerant system check
Is
the discharge YES
thermister disconnected from Correct the problem.
the holder?
NO
Is any moisture YES

found in sight glass. Conduct vacuum drying.
Conduct the check after operating the
equipment for a sufficient length of time.
NO
Check for gas leaks.
See the section on insufficient gas
detection.
YES
Replace the refrigerant.
(R1445)

SiE12-411 Check
6.1.11 Capacitor Voltage Check

Check No.12 Before this checking, be sure to check the main circuit for short-circuit.
" Checking the capacitor voltage
! With the circuit breaker still on, measure the voltage according to the drawing of the model in
question. Be careful never to touch any live parts.
Use the tester in
the DC range.
Fan motor
lead wire
N1 P2
TB3 TB2
Solenoid valve
coil lead wire
(Room A)
Solenoid valve
coil lead wire
(Room B)
Compressor
lead wire
540 590
520
521 522
592
Solenoid valve Reactor

coil lead wire lead wire
593
(Room C)
580
OL
>PS< lead wire
Solenoid valve
lead wire
Thermistor Thermistor Thermistor
lead wire lead wire lead wire
(liquid pipe) (gas pipe)
(Q0366)
6.1.12 Power Transistor Check

Check No.13 " Checking the power transistor
! Never touch any live parts for at least 10 minutes after turning off the circuit breaker.
! If unavoidably necessary to touch a live part, make sure the power transistor's supply
voltage is below 50 V using the tester.
! For the UVW, make measurements at the Faston terminal on the board or the relay
connector.
Tester's negative terminal Power (+)

transistor Power transistor
UVW UVW
(–)
Tester's positive terminal UVW Power transistor UVW Power transistor
(+) (–)
Normal resistance Several kohms to several Mohms
Abnormal resistance 0 or ∞

Check SiE12-411
6.1.13 Main Circuit Electrolytic Capacitor Check

Check No.14 " Checking the main circuit electrolytic capacitor
! Never touch any live parts for at least 10 minutes after turning off the circuit breaker.
! If unavoidably necessary to touch a live part, make sure there is no DC voltage using the
tester.
! Check the continuity with the tester. Reverse the pins and make sure there is continuity.
Keep the tester in the

resistance measuring range.
When the pointer swings, If the pointer does not swing at all,
it means the capacitor or if it swings all the way
functions. but does not return,
it means the capacitor malfunction.
6.1.14 Turning Speed Pulse Input on the Outdoor Unit PCB Check
Check No.15 <Propeller fan motor>
Make sure the voltage of 270±30V is being applied.
(1) Stop the operation first and then the power, and disconnect the connector S70.
(2) Make sure there is about DC 270 V between pins 4 and 7.
(3) With the system and the power still off, reconnect the connector S70.
(4) Make a turn of the fan motor with a hand, and make sure the pulse (0-15 V) appears twice at
pins 1 and 4.
If the fuse is blown out, the outdoor-unit fan may also be in trouble. Check the fan too.
If the voltage in Step (2) is not applied, it means the PCB is defective. Replace the PCB.
If the pulse in Step (4) is not available, it means the Hall IC is defective. Replace the DC fan
motor.If there are both the voltage (2) and the pulse (4), replace the PCB.
PCB
S70
7 Turning speed pulse input (0-15 V)
6
5 15V
4
3
2
1 DC270V
(R2859)
∗ Propeller fan motor : S70

SiE12-411 Check
6.1.15 Hall IC Check

Check No.16 1. Check the connector connection.
2. With the power ON, operation OFF, and the connector connected, check the following.
∗Output voltage of about 5 V between pins 1 and 3.
∗Generation of 3 pulses between pins 2 and 3 when the fan motor is operating.
Failure of (1) $ faulty PCB $ Replace the PCB.

Failure of (2) $ faulty hall IC $ Replace the fan motor.
Both (1) and (2) result $ Replace the PCB.
The connector has 3 pins, and there are two patterns of lead wire colors.
1 Gray (power supply)
2 Purple (signals)
3 Blue (grounding)
1 White (power supply)
2 White with black line (signals)
3 White with manufacturer mark (grounding)

Check SiE12-411

SiE12-411
Part 7
Removal Procedure
1. Outdoor Unit (80 / 90 Class) ...............................................................216
1.2 Removal of Propeller Fans...................................................................219
1.3 Removal of Electrical Box ....................................................................220
1.4 Removal of PCB...................................................................................227
1.6 Removal of Electronic Expansion Valve and Thermistor .....................232
1.7 Removal of Sound Insulation and Reactor...........................................233
1.8 Removal of Shunt.................................................................................235
1.9 Removal of Solenoid Valve and Four Way Valve.................................236
2. Outdoor Unit (50 / 52 / 58 / 68 / 75 Class) ..........................................240
2.2 Removal of Electrical BOX ...................................................................241
2.3 Removal of PCB...................................................................................245
2.5 Removal of Sound Insulation ...............................................................249
Electronic Expansion Valve Coil and Thermistor .................................250
2.7 Removal of Four Way Valve, Solenoid Valve and Shunt .....................252
2.8 Removal of Solenoid Valve and Shunt.................................................253
Removal Procedure 215

Outdoor Unit (80 / 90 Class) SiE12-411
1. Outdoor Unit (80 / 90 Class)

1.1 Removal of Outer Panels
Procedure Warning Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
Step Procedure Points
1 External appearance.
Handle
" Remove the piping in the

backward direction.
Outdoor
air thermistor
Piping connection slot
2 Remove 11 screws of
the top panel.
216 Removal Procedure

SiE12-411 Outdoor Unit (80 / 90 Class)

3 Unscrew 3 screws of
the right panel, slide it
downwards and release
the tabs to remove.
Right panel
(Main unit side)
Tabs
(Right panel side)
4 The figure shows the PC board

view of piping for servicing
connections.
Servicing port
for gas pipe
Servicing port
for fluid pipe
A port
B port
Insects
C port
stopper
shield
D port
5 Unscrew 1 screw of the

front right panel, slide it
downwards and release
the tabs to remove.
Front right panel
Tabs


6 Unscrew 3 screws of
the front panel to
remove.
the discharge outlet
grill.
8 Slide the discharge

outlet grill upwards and
release 6 tabs to Tabs
remove.
Tabs

1.2 Removal of Propeller Fans

" Remove the discharge
outlet grill
1 To take off propeller
fan, remove the
washer-fitted nut M8.
D cut
Washer-fitted nut M8
2 Remove the propeller " For reassembling, align

fan. mark of propeller fan with
D-cut section of motor shaft.
" Mount the propeller fan while

positioning mark to the
top.
mark

1.3 Removal of Electrical Box

" Remove the outer panels " Match the colors of the tie
such as top and front wires to A, B, C and D ports
panels. Power terminal board as follows.
(L) - White (1) - Black Power
1 The figure shows the PC board for servicing (N) - Black
right side view. (2) - White Power
(3) - Red Transmission
A port B port
" Wires are fixed to the

Earth terminal terminal board with screws.
screw
C port D port
Wiring fixture
1. Remove the tie wire.

1 Loosen the terminal
board screws, and
remove the wires at A
and B ports.
2 Open the terminal " When reassembling,

board cover, and reconnect the wires to C and
remove the wires at C D ports.
and D ports. Terminal
board cover


3 Remove the earth wire.
4 Remove 1 screw of the

terminal board.
5 Release the tab on the

top right of the terminal
board.
Tab
6 Pull out the terminal Glass tube fuse (Soldered)

" Glass tube fuse and varistor
board and open it. cannot be replaced
individually because lead-
free soldering is provided.
Varister


2. Remove each wire harness
1 Disconnect 4
connectors of the S20 S21 S22 S23
white red blue yellow
electronic expansion Connector Electronic Harness
valve lead wires. expansion length
valve No.
S20 (White) EVA 630
S21 (Red) EVB 730
S22 (Blue) EVC 825
S23 (Yellow) EVD 940
" When reconnecting, make
sure to match the wire to the
correct connector.
2 Remove the four way

valve connector S80.
S80
3 Remove the connector

S93 for liquid pipe
thermistor.
S93


S92 for gas pipe
thermistor.
S92

S90 for thermistor.
" Outdoor air
thermistor (Blue)
" Discharge pipe
S90
thermistor (Black)
" Heat exchanger
thermistor (Gray)
6 Remove the overload

relay connector S40.
S40
7 Remove the reactor

lead wire.
Reactor


8 Remove the relay
connector for
compressor.
Relay connector
for compressor
9 Remove the electrical

box cover.
Electrical box cover
10 Disconnect the fan

motor connector.
S70
11 Remove the discharge

pipe thermistor.


12 Take off the thermistor " Place the thermistor so that
Thermistor presser spring
presser spring, and its end comes up to the end
remove the thermistor. of the presser spring.
" Be careful not to lose the

presser spring for the
Thermistor
Discharge pipe
thermistor
Thermistor
Pipe presser
spring
3. Removing the electrical

box
the electrical box.
2 Turn the electrical box

up side down halfway,
and disconnect the
thermistor lead wire
from the hook.
Hook


3 Remove the outdoor air
thermistor lead wire
from the groove.
4 Remove each wire

Electrical box
harness, and dismount
the electrical box by
lifting it.

1.4 Removal of PCB

1. Removing the controller
PCB
1 Release the tab of the
electrical box, and open
the terminal board.
Tab
2 Disconnect each
connector of the
terminal board.
3 Unscrew 1 screw and

release two tabs to
remove the PCB
Tabs
Base bar


4 Lift the PCB at the
terminal board side.
5 Disconnect each wire

harness connector
linked to the inverter
PCB.


6 The figure shows the S20: Electronic expansion valve
controller PCB. coil A port
S93 S92 S90
S21: Electronic expansion valve
S80 coil B port
coil C port
S23 coil D port
S22 S31: To CN14 (Pin 9)
S21
S32: To CN11 (Pin 5)
S33: To S34 (Pin 10)
S20
S40: Overload relay
S40
S71: To S72 (Pin 8)
S80: Four way valve coil
S90: Thermistor (Outdoor air,
heat exchanger, and
discharge pipe)
Rectifier S92: Gas pipe thermistor
stack
S93: Liquid pipe thermistor
S31 S71 S33 S32
2. Removing the service

monitor PCB
1 Remove the service
monitor PCB by
releasing its tab.
Service monitor Priority-room setting (SW4)

LED A
LED 1
LED 2
LED 3
LED 4 Wiring error check (SW3)
Tab Forced operation (SW1)
Night quiet mode (SW5)
Cooling / heating mode lock

(SW2)
3. Removing the inverter

PCB
Fuse cover Glass tube fuse (3A)
1 Remove the 9 screws
of the inverter PCB.

1.5 Removal of Fan Motor

" Remove the outer panels.
1 Remove the fan motor
lead wire connector
S70.
S70
2 Remove the propeller

fans.
" For reassembling, align

mark of propeller fan with
D-cut section of motor shaft.
" Mount the fan motor so as to

position ! mark on the top.
Washer-fitted nut M8
the fan motor mount.


the fan motor.
5 Cut the wrapper fixing

the lead wire.
" When reassembling, fix the

lead wire to avoid contact
with the propeller fan.
6 Remove the fan motor.

1.6 Removal of Electronic Expansion Valve and Thermistor

1 Remove each wire " Place the thermistor so that
harness. its end comes up to the end
of the presser spring.

Thermistor
Thermistor
Pipe presser
spring
2 Take off the putty, and S90:

remove each " Outdoor air thermistor (Blue)
thermistor. " Heat exchanger thermistor
(Gray)
" Discharge pipe thermistor
(Black)
S92: Gas pipe thermistor

" Room A (Black)
" Room B (Gray)
" Room C (Brown)
" Room D (Red)

" Room A (Black)
3 Remove the electronic
" Room B (Gray)
expansion valve coil.
" Room C (Yellow)
" Room D (Blue)

1.7 Removal of Sound Insulation and Reactor

1 Release the clip fixing
the compressor lead
wire.
Clip
2 Remove 2 screws of " The partition board is not

the partition board, and removable as it is fixed with
move the board the fitting screw in the rear
leftward. bottom.
Partition board
fitting screw
3 Remove the noise " Carefully remove the noise

insulation (outer). insulation, which is easily
torn in the piping section.
Noise insulation
(outer)


4 Remove the noise " Carefully remove the noise
insulation (top). insulation, which is easily
torn in the piping section.
Noise insulation
(top)
5 Remove the noise

insulation (inner).
Noise insulation
(inner)

reactor.

1.8 Removal of Shunt

1 Remove 6 screws of " Fasten the rubber packing
the tie wire presser with double-faced adhesive
plate. tape when mounting.
the right side panel. Rubber
packing
Tie wire pressure plate
Right side panel
3 Remove the putty.
Brazed points
Shunt
Putty
Caution
Be careful not to get yourself
burnt with the pipes and other
parts that are heated by the gas
welding rod.
" Before taking this
procedure, make sure
there is no refrigerant gas Warning
left in the refrigerant If refrigerant gas leaks during
pipes. the job, ventilate the room.
(Bear in mind that if the
4 Disconnect the 5
refrigerant gas is exposed to
brazed points of the
open flames, noxious gas may
shunt.
be generated.)

1.9 Removal of Solenoid Valve and Four Way Valve

" Remove the outer panels.
1. Removing the solenoid
valve
solenoid valve coil.
there is no refrigerant gas
left in the refrigerant
pipes.
Caution
welding rod.
2 Disconnect the 2
brazed points (a) and
(b) in this order.
Warning
If refrigerant gas leaks during
the job, ventilate the room.
be generated.)
2. Removing the four way Reassembling precautions

valve Wrap the solenoid valve body
1 Remove 1 screw of the with wet cloth. Splash water
four way valve coil. over the cloth before it is dried
to prevent the valve from being
overheated.


" Before taking this Reassembling precautions
procedure, make sure 1. Use non-oxidizing brazing
there is no refrigerant gas method. If nitrogen gas is not
left in the refrigerant available, braze the parts
pipes. speedily.
2 Place welding 2. Avoid deterioration of the
protective sheet or iron gaskets due to carbonization
plate around the four of oil inside the four way
way valve to prevent valve or thermal influence.
the flames of a gas For this purpose, wrap the
welding rod from four way valve with wet
affecting the valve. cloth. Splash water over the
cloth against becoming too
3 Heat the 4 brazed hot (keep it below 120°C).
points of the four way
valve. Disconnect the " In pulling the pipes, be
point (a) first. careful not to over-tighten
them with pliers. The pipes
4 Disconnect the points may get deformed.
(b) and (c).
If the gas welding machine fails
to remove the four way valve,
take the steps below.
1. Disconnect the brazed pipe
sections that are readily
easy to separate and join
together later.
2. With a small copper tube
cutter, cut off the internal
pipes to easily take out the
four way valve.
Note:
Never use a hack saw. The
5 Disconnect the point
sawdust may come into the
(d).
circuit.

1.10 Removal of Compressor

1 Remove the terminal
cover.
U (red)
N
(brown)
Terminal cover W (blue)
V (yellow)
2 Remove the overload

relay.
Overload relay
Terminal nameplate
" Be careful to avoid burning

the compressor terminals or
the nameplate.
3 Disconnect the flag As precaution, keep the

shape terminal. contents in memorandum.
Fixing
plate
Overheat protector
4 There is one nut fixing

the compressor.
Remove the nut with a
spanner.


" Make sure there is no
refrigerant gas left inside
the refrigerant pipes Warning
before starting the job. The compressor's refrigerating
Putty
" When heating up the machine oil may catch fire. Have
wet cloth at hand for quickly putting
brazed parts, make sure
out the fire.
to carry out the N2
replacement.
5 Remove the 2 sheets of
Warning
putty. If refrigerant gas leaks during the
job, ventilate the room. (Bear in
mind that if the refrigerant gas is
exposed to open flames, noxious
gas may be generated.)
Caution
Be careful not to get yourself burnt
with the pipes and other parts that
are heated by the gas welding rod.
6 Disconnect the brazed

part (a) at discharge
side of the compressor.
7 Disconnect the brazed

part (b) at suction side
of the compressor.

Outdoor Unit (50 / 52 / 58 / 68 / 75 Class) SiE12-411
2. Outdoor Unit (50 / 52 / 58 / 68 / 75 Class)

2.1 Removal of Outer Panels
1 External appearance.
Top panel
the top panel and 6
screws of the front
panel.
the discharge outlet
grill.
Discharge outlet grill

Front panel
the piping cover.
Piping cover

SiE12-411 Outdoor Unit (50 / 52 / 58 / 68 / 75 Class)
2.2 Removal of Electrical BOX

1. Removing the tie wires
1 The figure shows the tie
pipe connections. Service monitor PCB
Electrical box
A port
B port
C port
Electronic expansion D port
valve coils
" Remove the piping in the

Service port backward direction.
Outdoor air thermistor
Gas pipe
Fluid pipes
2 Remove the terminal Power terminal

" Match the colours of the tie
board fitting screw. board wires to A, B, C and D ports
Terminal board fitting screw (L)-White
(N)-Black as follows.
(1) - Black Power
(2) - White Power
B port
A port (3) - Red Transmission
" Wires are fixed to the

C port D port terminal board with screws.
Earth terminal
screw " Terminal board is made of
integral moulded resin.
Wiring fixture


3 Pull out the terminal " Glass tube fuse and varistor
board to open. Glass tube fuse cannot be replaced
individually because lead-
free soldering is provided.
Varister
Terminal
board
Screw
2. Remove each wire

harness
1 Disconnect 4 Connector Electronic Harness
connectors of the expansion length
valve No.
electronic expansion S20 (White) EVA 630
valve lead wires.
S21 (Red) EVB 730
S22 (Blue) EVC 825
S23 (Yellow) EVD 940
" When reconnecting, make
sure to match the wire to the
correct connector.
2 Remove the four way

valve connector S80.
3 Disconnect the S40:Overload relay

thermistor connector S90 S92 S93 S90:Thermistor
and the overload relay (Outdoor air, heat
connector. exchanger, discharge pipe)
S92:Gas pipe thermistor
S40
S93:Liquid pipe thermistor


4 Disconnect the
compressor relay
connector.
5 Remove the reactor

lead wire.
Reactor
3. Removing the wiring

fixture
the wiring fixture.
Wiring fixture
4. Removing the electrical

box.
electrical box.


electrical box.
3 Remove the drip-proof

cover.
Drip-proof cover
4 Disconnect the fan

motor lead wire.
5 Lift up the electrical box

and dismount it.

2.3 Removal of PCB

1. Removing the controller
PCB
PCB, and release two
tabs.
Base bar
2 Release the tabs of the

terminal board, and
open the terminal
board.
Tab
3 Disconnect each
connector on the back
of the terminal board.
4 Disconnect the service " Release the tab to remove

monitor PCB connector. the service monitor PCB.
Tab


5 Lift up the control PCB.
6 Disconnect each wire

harness connector
linked to the control
PCB.
S31 (Pin 9): To CN14
S32 (Pin 5): To CN11
S33 (Pin 10): To S34 H1 (yellow)
S71 (Pin 8): To S72 H2 (blue)
ECN1 (green)


7 The figure shows the " Glass tube fuse 3A
control PCB. Varistor
S93 FU2
S92 S90
S33
S71
S31
S80
S23 S22 S21 S20 S40 S6
2. Removing the service

monitor PCB
1 The figure shows the
service monitor PCB.
Priority-room setting (SW4)

LED A Wiring error check (SW3)
LED 1
Forced operation (SW1)
LED 2
LED 3 Night quiet mode (SW5)
LED 4
Cooling / heating mode lock

(SW2)
3. Removing the inverter

PCB.
1 Remove the 7 screws
of the inverter PCB.
Fuse 3A

2.4 Removal of Fan Motor

" Remove the fan motor " For reassembling, align
lead wire connector. mark of propeller fan with
1 Remove the propeller D-cut section of motor shaft.
fan by removing the
washer-fitted nut. " Mount the propeller fan while
positioning ! mark to the
top.
Washer-fitted nut
2 Remove the fan motor.

Remove 1 screw of the
fan motor mount.
" When reassembling, fix the

lead wire to avoid contact
with the propeller fan.
3 Disconnect the lead
wire by releasing the 2
(Backside)
clamps fixing the wire.
Remove 4 screws of
the fan motor.

2.5 Removal of Sound Insulation

the right side panel.
Right side
panel
the partition board, and
remove the board. Partition board
3 Remove the noise

Carefully remove the noise
insulation (top, outer insulation, which is easily
and inner). torn in the piping section.
Sound insulation (top)
Sound insulation (top inner)
Sound insulation
(inner)
Sound insulation
(outer)


Electronic Expansion Valve Coil and Thermistor
four way valve coil.
2 Remove one screw of

the solenoid valve coil.
3 Remove the electronic

expansion valve coil for
each room.
" Place the thermistor so that

its end comes up to the end
of the presser spring.
4 Release the thermistor Thermistor
presser spring, and presser presser spring for the
spring
remove the discharge discharge pipe thermistor.
pipe thermistor.
Thermistor
Thermistor
Pipe presser
spring
Discharge pipe
thermistor


5 Take off the putty, and " Place the thermistor so that
remove each its end comes up to the end
thermistor. of the presser spring.
Thermistor
Thermistor
Pipe presser
spring
6 Remove the wire S90:

harness. " Outdoor air thermistor (Blue)
" Heat exchanger thermistor
(Gray)
" Discharge pipe thermistor
(Black)
S92: Gas pipe thermistor

" Room A (Black)
" Room B (Gray)
" Room C (Brown)
" Room D (Red)

" Room A (Black)
" Room B (Gray)
" Room C (Yellow)
" Room D (Blue)

2.7 Removal of Four Way Valve, Solenoid Valve and Shunt

1 Remove 1 screw of the Reassembling precautions
four way valve coil. 1. Use non-oxidizing brazing
method. If nitrogen gas is not
2 Remove 1 screw of the available, braze the parts
solenoid valve coil. speedily.
2. Avoid deterioration of the
gaskets due to carbonization
of oil inside the four way
valve or thermal influence.
For this purpose, wrap the
four way valve with wet
cloth. Splash water over the
cloth against becoming too
hot (keep it below 120°C).
" Before taking this " In pulling the pipes, be

procedure, make sure careful not to over-tighten
there is no refrigerant gas them with pliers. The pipes
left in the refrigerant may get deformed.
pipes.
3 Place welding If the gas welding machine fails
protective sheet or iron to remove the four way valve,
plate around the four take the steps below.
way valve to prevent 1. Disconnect the brazed pipe
the flames of a gas sections that are readily
welding rod from easy to separate and join
affecting the valve. together later.
2. With a small copper tube
cutter, cut off the internal
pipes to easily take out the
four way valve.
Note:
Never use a hack saw. The
sawdust may come into the
4 Heat the four brazed circuit.
points of the four way
valve. Disconnect the
point (a) first.
5 Disconnect the points
(b) and (c).
6 Disconnect the point
(d).

2.8 Removal of Solenoid Valve and Shunt

there is no refrigerant gas
left in the refrigerant Caution
pipes. Be careful not to get yourself
1 Disconnect the 2 burnt with the pipes and other
brazed points (a) and parts that are heated by the gas
(b) in this order. welding rod.
Warning
If refrigerant gas leaks during
the job, ventilate the room.
2 Remove the putty of the
be generated.)
shunt.
3 Disconnect the 5
brazed points of the
Reassembling precautions
shunt.
Wrap the solenoid valve body
Brazed part
with wet cloth. Splash water
over the cloth before it is dried
to prevent the valve from being
overheated.
Brazed
point
Shunt
Putty

2.9 Removal of Compressor

1 Remove the terminal
cover.
U (red)
N
(brown)
V (yellow) W (blue)
Terminal nameplate
2 Disconnect the As precaution, keep the contents
compressor lead wire. in memorandum.
3 Remove the 2 sheets of " Be careful to avoid burning
putty. the compressor terminals or
the nameplate.
4 There is one nut fixing
the compressor.
Remove the nut with an
open-end spanner.
" Make sure there is no
refrigerant gas left inside
the refrigerant pipes
before starting the job.
" When heating up the Warning

brazed parts, make sure The compressor's refrigerating
to carry out the N2 machine oil may catch fire.
replacement. Have wet cloth at hand for
1 Disconnect the brazed quickly putting out the fire.
part (a) at discharge
side of the compressor.
2 Disconnect the brazed Warning
part (b) at suction side If refrigerant gas leaks during
of the compressor. the job, ventilate the room.
be generated.)
Caution
welding rod.

SiE12-411
Part 8
Others
1. Others .................................................................................................256
1.1 Test Run from the Remote Controller ..................................................256
1.2 Jumper Settings ...................................................................................257
Others 255
Others SiE12-411
1. Others
1.1 Test Run from the Remote Controller
Trial Operation and Testing
1. Measure the supply voltage and make sure that it falls in the specified range.
2. Trial operation should be carried out in either cooling or heating mode.
For Heat pump In cooling mode, select the lowest programmable temperature; in heating mode, select the
highest programmable temperature.
" Trial operation may be disabled in either mode depending on the room temperature.
" After trial operation is complete, set the temperature to a normal level
(26°C to 28°C in cooling mode, 20°C to 24°C in heating mode).
" For protection, the system disables restart operation for 3 minutes after it is turned off.
For Cooling Select the lowest programmable temperature.

operation in case " Trial operation in cooling mode may be disabled depending on the room temperature.
of low ambient Use the remote control for trial operation as described below.
temperature
Trial operation from Remote Controller
(1) Press ON/OFF button to turn on the system.
(2) Simultaneously press center of TEMP button and MODE buttons.
(3) Press MODE button twice.
(“T” will appear on the display to indicate that Trial Operation mode is selected.)
(4) Trial run mode terminates in approx. 15 minutes and switches into normal mode. To quit a
trial operation, press ON/OFF button.
" After trial operation is complete, set the temperature to a normal level (26°C to 28°C).
" For protection, the machine disables restart operation for 3 minutes after it is turned off.
3. Carry out the test operation in accordance with the Operation Manual to ensure that all
functions and parts, such as louver movement, are working properly.
" The air conditioner requires a small amount of power in its standby mode. If the system is
not to be used for some time after installation, shut off the circuit breaker to eliminate
unnecessary power consumption.
" If the circuit breaker trips to shut off the power to the air conditioner, the system will restore
the original operation mode when the circuit breaker is opened again.
(3)
(2)
(2)
(1) (4)
MODE FAN SWING

(R2586)
256 Others
SiE12-411 Others
1.2 Jumper Settings

1.2.1 When Two Units are Installed in One Room
" How to set the different addresses.
" When two indoor units are installed in one room, the two wireless remote controllers can be
set for different addresses.
PCB in the indoor unit

" Remove the front panel.
" Remove the sensor parts cover (2-screws), then remove the electric parts box (1-screw).
" Slide the metallic cover to remove it. (4-claws on the electric parts box.)
" Cut the jumper JA on PCB.
Wireless remote controller (in case of wall mounted type)

" Cut the jumper J4.
Claws (4 points)
Metallic cover
J4 Electric
parts box
Infrared
remote
control
ADDRESS: JA
J4 Address JA EXIST 1
EXIST 1 JB
ADDRESS JC
CUT 2 Sensor
parts cover
CUT 2
PCB
(R2587)
1.2.2 Jumper Setting

Jumper Function When connected When cut
(On indoor PCB) (factory set)
JC Power failure Auto start Unit does not resume operation
recovery function after recovering from a power
failure. Timer ON-OFF settings
are cleared.
JB Fan speed setting Fan speed setting ; Fan rpm is set to “0”
when compressor is Remote controller <Fan stop>
OFF on thermostat. setting
Others 257
Others SiE12-411
1.2.3 Adjusting the Angle of the Intelligent Eye Sensor

Wall Mounted Type 25 / 35 Class Only
" Once installation of the indoor unit is complete, adjust the angle of the Intelligent eye sensor
to ensure the detection area properly covers the room.
(Adjustable angle : 15° to right and left of center)
Intelligent-eye
15° 15° sensor
" Gently push and slide the sensor to adjust the angle. Aim so that the sensor is pointing to the
center of the room, or to the part of the room that is most frequently used.
Moving the sensor to the left Moving the sensor to the right
" After adjusting the angle, gently wipe the sensor with a clean cloth, being careful not to
scratch the sensor.
Caution " Do not hit or violently push the Intelligent eye sensor. This can lead to damage and
malfunction.
" Do not place large objects near the sensor. Also keep heating units or humidifiers outside
the sensor’s detection area.
258 Others
SiE12-411
Part 9
Appendix
1. Piping Diagrams..................................................................................260
1.1 Indoor Units ..........................................................................................260
1.2 Outdoor Units .......................................................................................266
2. Wiring Diagrams..................................................................................273
2.1 Indoor Units ..........................................................................................273
2.2 Outdoor Units .......................................................................................276
Appendix 259
Piping Diagrams SiE12-411
1. Piping Diagrams
1.1 Indoor Units
1.1.1 Wall Mounted Type
FTKE25/35BVM, FTK(X)E25/35BVMA
INDOOR UNIT
HEAT EXCHANGER
7.0CuT
6.4CuT
7.9CuT
THERMISTOR 6.4CuT
ON HEAT EXCH.
6.4CuT
CROSS FLOW FAN

FIELD PIPING
(6.4CuT)
M FTXE25--
FTKE25-- 9.5
FAN MOTOR
FIELD PIPING 9.5CuT FTXE35--

12.7
( CuT) FTKE35--
REFRIGERANT FLOW
COOLING
C : 4D032969C
HEATING
FTK(X)S20CVMB(9), FTK(X)S25/35CVMB(9)(8), ATXS20/25/35CVMB(9), FTXS25/35BVMA
INDOOR UNIT
HEAT EXCHANGER
7.0CuT
6.4CuT
7.9CuT
THERMISTOR 6.4CuT
ON HEAT EXCH.
6.4CuT
CROSS FLOW FAN

FIELD PIPING
(6.4CuT)
M
FAN MOTOR
FIELD PIPING 9.5CuT

(9.5CuT)
REFRIGERANT FLOW
COOLING
HEATING
4D033698C
260 Appendix
SiE12-411 Piping Diagrams
FTKD50BVM, FTK(X)D50BVMA, FTK(X)S50/60BVMB, FTXS50/60BVMA, ATXS50CVMB
INDOOR UNIT
(7.9CuT)
HEAT EXCHANGER
THERMISTOR
ON HEAT EXCH.
CROSS FLOW FAN

FIELD PIPING
(6.4CuT)
M
FAN MOTOR
FIELD PIPING
(12.7CuT) (12.7CuT)
REFRIGERANT FLOW
COOLING
4D040081E
HEATING
FTKD60BVM, FTK(X)D60BVMA, FTK(X)S71BVMB, FTXS71BVMA
INDOOR UNIT
(7.9CuT)
HEAT EXCHANGER
THERMISTOR
ON HEAT EXCH.
CROSS FLOW FAN

FIELD PIPING
(6.4CuT)
M
FAN MOTOR
FIELD PIPING
(15.9CuT) (12.7CuT)
REFRIGERANT FLOW
COOLING
4D040082E
HEATING
Appendix 261
FTKD71BVM, FTK(X)D71BVMA
INDOOR UNIT
(7.9CuT)
HEAT EXCHANGER
THERMISTOR
ON HEAT EXCH.
CROSS FLOW FAN
FIELD PIPING
(9.5CuT)
M
REFRIGERANT FLOW
FAN MOTOR
FIELD PIPING COOLING
(15.9CuT)
(12.7CuT) HEATING
4D040083C
262 Appendix
1.1.2 Duct Connected Type

CDKD25/35/50/60CVM, CDK(X)D25/35/50/60CVMA
INDOOR UNIT
(6.4CuT)
HEAT EXCHANGER
CDXD25CVMA
CDKD25CVMA 9.5 9.5
CDKD25CVM
THERMISTOR CDXD35CVMA
ON HEAT
FIELD PIPING CDKD35CVMA
EXCH.
(6.4CuT) SIROCCO FAN CDKD35CVM 12.7 12.7
CDKD50CVMA
CDXD50CVMA
M CDKD50CVM
FAN MOTOR
FIELD PIPING ( CuT) CDXD60CVMA

( CuT) CDKD60CVMA 15.9 15.9
CDKD60CVM
REFRIGERANT FLOW
COOLING
HEATING
C : 4D045450
CDK(X)S25/35/50/60CVMB, CDXS25/35/50/60CVMA
INDOOR UNIT
(6.4CuT)
HEAT EXCHANGER
THERMISTOR CDXS25CVMB(A)
ON HEAT CDKS25CVMB
9.5
FIELD PIPING EXCH. CDXS35CVMB(A)
(6.4CuT) SIROCCO FAN CDKS35CVMB
CDXS50CVMB(A)
M CDKS50CVMB
12.7
FAN MOTOR CDXS60CVMB(A)
CDKS60CVMB
FIELD PIPING ( CuT)
( CuT)
REFRIGERANT FLOW
COOLING
HEATING
C : 4D045449A
Appendix 263
1.1.3 Floor / Ceiling Suspended Dual Type

FLK(X)S25/35/50/60BVMB, FLXS25/35/50/60BVMA
INDOOR UNIT
( CuT)
HEAT EXCHANGER
THERMISTOR
ON HEAT
FIELD PIPING EXCH.
(6.4CuT) SIROCCO FAN
M FLX25,35-
FLK25,35-
FLXS25,35- 9.5 9.5 6.4
FAN MOTOR
FLKS25,35-
FIELD PIPING FLX50,60-

( CuT) FLK50,60-
( CuT) FLXS50,60- 12.7 12.7 9.5
FLKS50,60-
REFRIGERANT FLOW
COOLING
HEATING
4D034012C
FLK(X)25/35/50/60AVMA
INDOOR UNIT
( CuT)
HEAT EXCHANGER
THERMISTOR
ON HEAT
FIELD PIPING EXCH.
(6.4CuT) SIROCCO FAN
FLX25- 9.5 9.5 6.4

M FLK25-
FLX35-
FAN MOTOR 12.7 9.5 6.4
FLK35-
FLX50-
FIELD PIPING ( CuT) 12.7 12.7 9.5
FLK50-
( CuT)
FLX60-
FLK60- 15.9 12.7 9.5
REFRIGERANT FLOW
COOLING
HEATING 4D034013A
264 Appendix
1.1.4 Floor Standing Type

FVK(X)S25/35BVMB, FVXS35BVMA
INDOOR UNIT
HEAT EXCHANGER
7.9CuT
THERMISTOR
CROSS FLOW FAN FAN MOTOR
ON HEAT EXCH.
7.0CuT
M
7.0CuT
FIELD PIPING
(6.4CuT)
SINGLE UNION JOINT
FIELD PIPING 9.5CuT

(9.5CuT)
SINGLE UNION JOINT
REFRIGERANT FLOW
COOLING
HEATING 4D034714B
FVK(X)S50BVMB, FVXS50BVMA
INDOOR UNIT
HEAT EXCHANGER
MUFFLER 7.0CuT
4.8CuT
4.8CuT
M
9.5CuT

THERMISTOR
MUFFLER ON HEAT EXCH.
M 7.0CuT
7.0CuT
FIELD PIPING CROSS FLOW FAN FAN MOTOR
7.0CuT
(6.4CuT)
FIELD PIPING 9.5CuT

(12.7CuT)
REFRIGERANT FLOW
COOLING
HEATING
4D020911C
Appendix 265
1.2 Outdoor Units

1.2.1 Cooling Only
2MKD58BVM
OUTDOOR UNIT
HEAT EXCHANGER OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE
THERMISTOR(DOA)
9.5CuT HEADER MOTOR OPERATED VALVE

EVA
6.4CuT ROOM A
9.5CuT
(6.4 CuT)
FILTER
FIELD
FILTER PIPING
HEAT EXCHANGER MOTOR OPERATED VALVE LIQUID
THERMISTOR(DE) EVB
DISTRIBUTOR 6.4CuT ROOM B
CAPILLARY TUBE LIQUID LINE (6.4 CuT)
STOP VALVE FILTER
DC FAN MOTOR M
PROPELLER FAN
7.9CuT
HEADER
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGA)
12.7CuT
ROOM A
12.7CuT 12.7CuT (12.7 CuT)
FIELD
DISCHARGE PIPE PIPING
THERMISTOR(DO) GAS
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGB)
12.7CuT
GAS LINE ROOM B
(12.7 CuT)
REFRIGERANT FLOW STOP VALVE
ACCUMULATOR ACCUMULATOR
COOLING COMPRESSOR
3D036222A
3MKD58BVM
OUTDOOR UNIT
THERMISTOR(DOA)
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE
EVA
9.5CuT HEADER 6.4CuT ROOM A
(6.4 CuT)
FILTER
9.5CuT

EVB
6.4CuT FIELD
ROOM B
FILTER (6.4 CuT) PIPING
HEAT EXCHANGER FILTER LIQUID
THERMISTOR(DE)
DISTRIBUTOR MOTOR OPERATED VALVE
CAPILLARY TUBE LIQUID LINE EVC
STOP VALVE 6.4CuT
DC FAN MOTOR M ROOM C
FILTER (6.4 CuT)
PROPELLER FAN
7.9CuT GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGA)

HEADER 12.7CuT
ROOM A
(12.7 CuT)
12.7CuT 12.7CuT

12.7CuT FIELD
ROOM B
DISCHARGE PIPE (12.7 CuT) PIPING
THERMISTOR(DO) GAS
GAS LINE GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGC)

STOP VALVE 12.7CuT
REFRIGERANT FLOW ROOM C
ACCUMULATOR ACCUMULATOR (12.7 CuT)
COOLING COMPRESSOR
3D036221A
266 Appendix
3MKD75BVM, 3MKD75BVMA
OUTDOOR UNIT
THERMISTOR(DOA)
EVA
FILTER (6.4 CuT)
9.5CuT

EVB
6.4CuT FIELD
ROOM B
HEAT EXCHANGER FILTER
LIQUID
THERMISTOR(DE)
DISTRIBUTOR MOTOR OPERATED VALVE
CAPILLARY TUBE LIQUID LINE EVC
STOP VALVE 6.4CuT
FILTER (9.5 CuT)
PROPELLER FAN

HEADER 12.7CuT
ROOM A
(12.7 CuT)
12.7CuT 12.7CuT

12.7CuT FIELD
ROOM B
THERMISTOR(DO) GAS

STOP VALVE 12.7CuT
REFRIGERANT FLOW ROOM C
COOLING COMPRESSOR
3D036220A
4MKD75BVM
OUTDOOR UNIT
THERMISTOR(DOA)
EVA
FILTER (6.4 CuT)
9.5CuT
EVB
6.4CuT
ROOM B
FILTER (6.4 CuT) FIELD
FILTER EVC PIPING
HEAT EXCHANGER 6.4CuT LIQUID
THERMISTOR(DE) ROOM C
DISTRIBUTOR FILTER (9.5 CuT)
CAPILLARY TUBE LIQUID LINE EVD
STOP VALVE 6.4CuT
DC FAN MOTOR M ROOM D
FILTER (9.5 CuT)
PROPELLER FAN

HEADER 12.7CuT
ROOM A
(12.7 CuT)
12.7CuT 12.7CuT GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGB)
12.7CuT
ROOM B
(12.7 CuT)
FIELD
DISCHARGE PIPE GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGC) PIPING
THERMISTOR(DO) 12.7CuT GAS
ROOM C
(15.9 CuT)
GAS LINE GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGD)
REFRIGERANT FLOW STOP VALVE 12.7CuT
ROOM d
COOLING COMPRESSOR
3D036219A
Appendix 267
4MKD90BVM, 4MKD90BVMA
OUTDOOR UNIT
HEAT EXCHANGER OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE MOTOR OPERATED VALVE
THERMISTOR(DOA) EVA
HEADER 7.9CuT ROOM A
7.9CuT FILTER (6.4 CuT)
7.9CuT
EVB
7.9CuT 7.9CuT
7.9CuT ROOM B
9.5CuT
7.9CuT MOTOR OPERATED VALVE FILTER (6.4 CuT) FIELD

PIPING
9.5CuT
7.9CuT EVC
9.5CuT
7.9CuT LIQUID
ROOM C
HEAT EXCHANGER MOTOR OPERATED VALVE FILTER (9.5 CuT)
THERMISTOR(DE) DISTRIBUTOR LIQUID LINE EVD
STOP VALVE 7.9CuT
ROOM D
CAPILLARY TUBE FILTER (9.5 CuT)
DC FAN MOTOR M
9.5CuT
FILTER
PROPELLER FAN

HEADER 12.7CuT
ROOM A
(12.7 CuT)
7.9CuT 12.7CuT 12.7CuT GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGB)
12.7CuT
ROOM B
(15.9 CuT) FIELD
12.7CuT
ROOM C
(15.9 CuT)
STOP VALVE 12.7CuT
REFRIGERANT FLOW ROOM D
COMPRESSOR ACCUMULATOR ACCUMULATOR (15.9 CuT)
COOLING
12.7CuT
3D036504B
3MKS50BVMB(8)
OUTDOOR UNIT

THERMISTOR(DOA)
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE LIQUID PIPE
EVA THERMISTOR(DLA)
9.5CuT HEADER 6.4CuT
ROOM A
FILTER (6.4 CuT)
FVB THERMISTOR(DLB)
9.5CuT
6.4CuT FIELD
ROOM B PIPING
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE FILTER (6.4 CuT)
LIQUID
FILTER EVC THERMISTOR(DLC)
HEAT EXCHANGER 6.4CuT
DISTRIBUTOR FILTER (6.4 CuT)
CAPILLARY TUBE LIQUID LINE
DC FAN MOTOR M STOP VALVE
PROPELLER FAN

HEADER 12.7CuT
ROOM A
(9.5 CuT)
12.7CuT FIELD
ROOM B
(9.5 CuT) PIPING
GAS
DISCHARGE PIPE GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGC)
THERMISTOR(DO) 12.7CuT
ROOM C
(9.5 CuT)
GAS LINE
REFRIGERANT FLOW STOP VALVE
COOLING COMPRESSOR
3D038534
268 Appendix
4MKS58BVMB(8)
OUTDOOR UNIT
THERMISTOR(DOA)
EVA THERMISTOR(DLA)
(6.4 CuT)
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE LIQUID PIPE FILTER
9.5CuT
EVB THERMISTOR(DLB)
6.4CuT
ROOM B
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE LIQUID PIPE FILTER (6.4 CuT) FIELD
FILTER EVC THERMISTOR(DLC) PIPING
DISTRIBUTOR MOTOR OPERATED VALVE LIQUID PIPE FILTER (6.4 CuT)
CAPILLARY TUBE LIQUID LINE EVD THERMISTOR(DLD)
STOP VALVE 6.4CuT
FILTER (6.4 CuT)
PROPELLER FAN

HEADER 12.7CuT
ROOM A
(9.5 CuT)
12.7CuT
ROOM B
(9.5 CuT)
FIELD
ROOM C
(12.7 CuT)
GAS LINE
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGD)
STOP VALVE 12.7CuT
COOLING COMPRESSOR
3D034514A
4MKS75BVMB
OUTDOOR UNIT

THERMISTOR(DOA)
EVA THERMISTOR(DLA)
(6.4 CuT)
9.5CuT
EVB THERMISTOR(DLB)
6.4CuT
ROOM B
DISTRIBUTOR MOTOR OPERATED VALVE LIQUID PIPE FILTER (6.4 CuT)
CAPILLARY TUBE LIQUID LINE EVD THERMISTOR(DLD)
DC FAN MOTOR M STOP VALVE 6.4CuT
ROOM D
FILTER (6.4 CuT)
PROPELLER FAN

HEADER 12.7CuT
ROOM A
(9.5 CuT)
12.7CuT
ROOM B
(9.5 CuT) FIELD
ROOM C
(12.7 CuT)
STOP VALVE 12.7CuT
ACCUMULATOR (15.9 CuT)
COOLING COMPRESSOR ACCUMULATOR
3D034513A
Appendix 269
4MKS90BVMB
OUTDOOR UNIT
HEAT EXCHANGER OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE MOTOR OPERATED VALVE LIQUID PIPE
THERMISTOR(DOA) EVA THERMISTOR(DLA)
HEADER 7.9CuT
ROOM A
7.9CuT (6.4 CuT)
7.9CuT THERMISTOR(DLB)
EVB
7.9CuT 7.9CuT
7.9CuT ROOM B
9.5CuT
7.9CuT MOTOR OPERATED VALVE LIQUID PIPE FILTER (6.4 CuT) FIELD
7.9CuT EVC THERMISTOR(DLC) PIPING
9.5CuT
9.5CuT
7.9CuT LIQUID
ROOM C
HEAT EXCHANGER MOTOR OPERATED VALVE LIQUID PIPE FILTER (6.4 CuT)
THERMISTOR(DE) DISTRIBUTOR LIQUID LINE EVD THERMISTOR(DLD)
STOP VALVE 7.9CuT
ROOM D
CAPILLARY TUBE FILTER (6.4 CuT)
DC FAN MOTOR M
9.5CuT
FILTER
PROPELLER FAN

HEADER 12.7CuT
ROOM A
(9.5 CuT)
7.9CuT 12.7CuT 12.7CuT GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGB)
12.7CuT
ROOM B
(12.7 CuT) FIELD
12.7CuT
ROOM C
(15.9 CuT)
GAS LINE
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGD)
STOP VALVE 12.7CuT
COOLING COMPRESSOR ACCUMULATOR ACCUMULATOR (15.9 CuT)
12.7CuT
3D034481B
270 Appendix
1.2.2 Heat Pump

3MXS52BVMB(8), 3AMXS52BVMB
OUTDOOR UNIT

HEADER THERMISTOR(DOA)
9.5CuT HEADER MOTOR OPERATED VALVE LIQUID PIPE

EVA THERMISTOR(DLA)
6.4CuT
6.4CuT
ROOM A
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE LIQUID PIPE FILTER (6.4 CuT)
EVB THERMISTOR(DLB)
6.4CuT FIELD
ROOM B
FILTER FILTER (6.4 CuT) PIPING
HEAT EXCHANGER MOTOR OPERATED VALVE LIQUID
LIQUID PIPE
THERMISTOR(DE) DEFROST EVC THERMISTOR(DLC)
DISTRIBUTOR SV 6.4CuT
SOLENOID ROOM C
CAPILLARY TUBE VALVE LIQUID LINE (6.4 CuT)
STOP VALVE FILTER
DC FAN MOTOR M 6.4CuT
PROPELLER FAN 12.7CuT
12.7CuT 12.7CuT
HEADER
12.7CuT
REVERSING GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGA)
SOLENOID 12.7CuT
ROOM A
VALVE (9.5 CuT)
MUFFLER GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGB)
12.7CuT 12.7CuT FIELD
ROOM B
7.9CuT

THERMISTOR(DO) GAS
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGC)
12.7CuT
GAS LINE ROOM C
STOP VALVE (12.7 CuT)
REFRIGERANT FLOW
COOLING COMPRESSOR
HEATING
3D034512B
3MXD68BVMA
OUTDOOR UNIT
THERMISTOR(DOA)
HEADER MOTOR OPERATED VALVE LIQUID PIPE
EVA THERMISTOR(DLA)
ROOM A
(6.4 CuT)
6.4CuT
FILTER
EVB THERMISTOR(DLB)
6.4CuT FIELD
ROOM B
HEAT EXCHANGER FILTER LIQUID
THERMISTOR(DE) DEFROST
DISTRIBUTOR SV SOLENOID MOTOR OPERATED VALVE LIQUID PIPE
CAPILLARY TUBE VALVE LIQUID LINE EVC THERMISTOR(DLC)
6.4CuT STOP VALVE 6.4CuT
FILTER (6.4 CuT)
12.7CuT 12.7CuT GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGA)

HEADER 12.7CuT ROOM A
12.7CuT
REVERSING (12.7 CuT)

SOLENOID
VALVE
MUFFLER GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGB)

12.7CuT 12.7CuT FIELD
ROOM B
7.9CuT

THERMISTOR(DO) GAS

REFRIGERANT FLOW STOP VALVE 12.7CuT ROOM C
COOLING COMPRESSOR
HEATING
3D036218B
Appendix 271
4MXS68BVMB9
OUTDOOR UNIT

THERMISTOR(DOA)
HEADER MOTOR OPERATED VALVE LIQUID PIPE
EVA THERMISTOR(DLA)
ROOM A
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE LIQUID PIPE FILTER (6.4 CuT)
6.4CuT
EVB THERMISTOR(DLB)
6.4CuT
ROOM B
DEFROST (6.4 CuT)
DISTRIBUTOR SV SOLENOID MOTOR OPERATED VALVE LIQUID PIPE FILTER
CAPILLARY TUBE VALVE LIQUID LINE EVD THERMISTOR(DLD)
6.4CuT STOP VALVE 6.4CuT
FILTER (6.4 CuT)

HEADER 12.7CuT
ROOM A
12.7CuT
REVERSING (9.5 CuT)
SOLENOID
VALVE GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGB)
12.7CuT ROOM B
MUFFLER (9.5 CuT)
12.7CuT FIELD
7.9CuT

ROOM C
(12.7 CuT)
STOP VALVE 12.7CuT
ACCUMULATOR (12.7 CuT)
COOLING COMPRESSOR ACCUMULATOR
HEATING
C:3D034511A
4MXD80BVMA, 4MXS80BVMB9, 4MXS80CVMA

OUTDOOR UNIT
HEAT EXCHANGER OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE MOTOR OPERATED VALVE LIQUID PIPE

7.9CuT THERMISTOR(DOA) EVA THERMISTOR(DLA)
HEADER RECEIVER HEADER 7.9CuT
7.9CuT ROOM A
7.9CuT MOTOR OPERATED VALVE LIQUID PIPE FILTER (6.4 CuT)
7.9CuT 7.9CuT 7.9CuT EVB THERMISTOR(DLB)
12.7CuT
7.9CuT 7.9CuT
9.5CuT
ROOM B
7.9CuT
7.9CuT (6.4 CuT)

MOTOR OPERATED VALVE LIQUID PIPE FILTER FIELD
7.9CuT PIPING
7.9CuT EVC THERMISTOR(DLC)
9.5CuT
7.9CuT 7.9CuT LIQUID

6.4CuT
ROOM C
HEAT EXCHANGER MOTOR OPERATED VALVE LIQUID PIPE FILTER (6.4 CuT)
THERMISTOR(DE) DISTRIBUTOR LIQUID LINE EVD THERMISTOR(DLD)
SOLENOID STOP VALVE 7.9CuT
SV ROOM D
CAPILLARY TUBE VALVE (AA CuT)
FILTER
DC FAN MOTOR M
9.5CuT
6.4CuT
FILTER
PROPELLER FAN
4-WAY 12.7CuT
VALVE
HEADER 12.7CuT
ROOM A
(AB CuT)
7.9CuT 12.7CuT ROOM B
MUFFLER (AC CuT)
12.7CuT
FIELD
12.7CuT
7.9CuT

12.7CuT 12.7CuT
THERMISTOR(DO) ROOM C GAS
(AD CuT)
STOP VALVE 12.7CuT
COOLING COMPRESSOR ACCUMULATOR ACCUMULATOR (15.9 CuT)
HEATING 12.7CuT
MODEL AA AB AC AD
4MXS80CVMA, 4MXS80BVMB9 6.4 9.5 9.5 12.7
4MXD80BVMA 9.5 9.5 12.7 15.9
C:3D034480B
272 Appendix
SiE12-411 Wiring Diagrams
2. Wiring Diagrams
2.1 Indoor Units
2.1.1 Wall Mounted Type
FTKE25/35BVM, FTK(X)E25/35BVMA
FTK(X)S20CVMB(9), FTK(X)S25/35CVMB(9)(8), ATXS20/25/35CVMB(9), FTXS25/35BVMA
PCB3 S36 S35 PCB1 H1 1

X1M 2
INTELLIGENT- Fu →
EYE SENSOR 3.15A BLK 1 3
WHT 2 outdoor
H2
RED 3
PCB2 S27 S26 ( TERMINAL FOR
CENTRALIZED CONTROL ) C70
GRN/
YLW
FIELD WIRING.
H3
LED1 LED2 LED3 TRANSMISSION
S21 CIRCUIT
H1P H2P H3P S1 CAUTION
S1W S7
NOTE THAT OPERATION WILL
RESTART AUTOMATICALLY IF
SIGNAL THE MAIN POWER SUPPLY IS
RECEIVER t° TURNED OFF AND THEN BACK
M ON AGAIN.
S32 S6 1~
R1T t°
140°C
t° M1F H1P~H3P : PILOT LAMP
M1F : FAN MOTOR
R2T M
indoor M1S : SWING MOTOR
M1S PCB1~PCB3 : PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
INFRARED
REMOTE R1T~R2T : THERMISTOR
CONTROL S1~S36 : CONNECTOR
: PROTECTIVE EARTH
C70 : RUNNING CAPACITOR S1W : OPERATION SWITCH
Fu : FUSE X1M : TERMINAL STRIP
3D033599E
FTK(X)S50BVMB, FTXS50BVMA, ATXS50CVMB
FIELD WIRING.
PCB3 S27 S26 PCB1
H1 1
~ ~
RECTIFIER Fu X1M 2
3.15A BLK 1
H2 3
t° WHT 2 OUTDOOR
RED 3
R1T GRN/ CAUTION
TRANSMISSION H3
S38 YLW
CIRCUIT NOTE THAT OPERATION WILL
FG RESTART AUTOMATICALLY IF
PCB4 THE MAIN POWER SUPPLY IS
S37 TURNED OFF AND THEN BACK
S21 7 S1 ON AGAIN.
RED
LED1 LED2 LED3
FG : FRAME GROUND
H2P H3P BLU
H1P
BRN M Fu : FUSE
ORG H1~ H3 : HARNESS
1 WHT
PCB5 S36 S35 M1F H1P~ H3P : PILOT LAMP
INTELLIGENT EYE S28 S32 1 S6 5 1 S8 6 M1F : FAN MOTOR
SENSOR M1S, M2S : SWING MOTOR
PCB1~ PCB5 : PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
ORG
ORG
RED
BRN
RED
YLW
YLW
PNK
PNK
BLU
BLU
PCB2 t° R1T, R2T : THERMISTOR

INDOOR
SIGNAL S29 S1~ S38 : CONNECTOR
R2T
RECEIVER M S1W : OPERATION SWITCH
M
INFRARED S1W X1M : TERMINAL STRIP
REMOTE M1S M2S : PROTECTIVE EARTH
CONTROL
3D038065D
Appendix 273
Wiring Diagrams SiE12-411
FTKD50/60/71BVM, FTK(X)D50/60/71BVMA
FTK(X)S60/71BVMB, FTXS60/71BVMA
FIELD WIRING.
PCB3 S27 S26 PCB1
H1 1
~ ~
RECTIFIER Fu X1M 2
3.15A BLK 1
H2 3
t° WHT 2 OUTDOOR
RED 3
R1T H3 GRN/ CAUTION
TRANSMISSION YLW
S38 NOTE THAT OPERATION WILL
CIRCUIT
FG RESTART AUTOMATICALLY IF
PCB4 THE MAIN POWER SUPPLY IS
S37 TURNED OFF AND THEN BACK
S21 7 S1 ON AGAIN.
RED
LED1 LED2 LED3
BLU M FG : FRAME GROUND

H1P H2P H3P
BRN Fu : FUSE
ORG M1F H1~ H3 : HARNESS
1 WHT
PCB5 S36 S35 H1P~ H3P : PILOT LAMP
INTELLIGENT EYE S28 S32 1 S6 5 1 S8 6 M1F : FAN MOTOR
SENSOR M1S, M2S : SWING MOTOR
PCB1~ PCB5 : PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
RED
BRN
RED
YLW
YLW
PNK
PNK
ORG
ORG
BLU
BLU
PCB2 t° R1T, R2T : THERMISTOR
S29 INDOOR S1~ S38 : CONNECTOR
SIGNAL R2T
RECEIVER M S1W : OPERATION SWITCH
M
INFRARED X1M : TERMINAL STRIP
S1W
REMOTE M1S M2S : PROTECTIVE EARTH
CONTROL
3D038530F
2.1.2 Duct Connected Type

CDKD25/35/50/60CVM, CDK(X)D25/35/50/60CVMA, CDK(X)S25/35/50/60CVMB, CDXS25/35/50/60CVMA
PCB1 X1M
PCB2 BLK 1 1
H1
WHT 2 2
F1U 3
V1TR RED 3
3.15A Z1C outdoor
LED LED LED S1 S26
1 1
H2
N=2
GRN YLW/
H1P H2P H3P FIELD WIRING.
GRN /YLW
( CENTRALIZED
TERMINAL FOR
CONTROL ) TRANSMISSION
H3
CAUTION
6 3 1 CIRCUIT GND NOTE THAT OPERATION WILL
S1W S21 RESTART AUTOMATICALLY IF
S1
THE MAIN POWER SUPPLY IS
SIGNAL RED BLK TURNED OFF AND THEN BACK
10 10 S7
RECEIVER ON AGAIN.
1 GRY YLW
2 RTH11 2 S32 1 H1P~ H3P : PILOT LAMP
3 C1
M1F : FAN MOTOR
WHT
t° BRN BRN PCB1~ PCB2 : PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
M Q1M : THERMAL PROTECTOR (M1F EMBEDDED)
t° PPL 1~ Q1M
R1T R1T, R2T : THERMISTOR
indoor 130°C
R2T BLU S1~ S38 RTH1 : CONNECTOR
M1F
S1W : OPERATION SWITCH
INFRARED V1TR : PHASE CONTROL CIRCUIT
: PROTECTIVE EARTH
REMOTE X1M : TERMINAL STRIP
C1 : CAPACITOR(M1F)
CONTROL Z1C : NOISE FILTER(FERRITE CORE)
F1U : FUSE
3D045012B
274 Appendix
2.1.3 Floor / Ceiling Suspended Dual Type

FLK(X)25/35/50/60AVMA, FLK(X)S25/35/50/60BVMB, FLXS25/35/50/60BVMA
PCB3 PCB1 PCB2

S25 S24 S37 S36 H1
LED LED LED Fu X1M 1
3.15A BLK 1 2
H1P H2P H3P WHT 2
→
H2 3
RED 3 outdoor
PCB4 GRN/ FIELD WIRING.
C70 YLW
TRANSMISSION H3
S1W CIRCUIT
HA CAUTION
SIGNAL S7 H4 H5 H6 NOTE THAT OPERATION WILL
S27 S26 S21 RESTART AUTOMATICALLY IF
RECEIVER
indoor THE MAIN POWER SUPPLY IS
S31 S32 S6 TURNED OFF AND THEN BACK
ON AGAIN.
t° t°
X11A
R1T R2T X21A : PROTECTIVE EARTH PCB1~ PCB4 : PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
M M C70 : RUNNING CAPACITOR R1T~R2T : THERMISTOR
1~ FU : FUSE , ,
S6~S37 X11A X21A : CONNECTOR
INFRARED M1F
M1S t° H1P~ H3P : PILOT LAMP S1W : OPERATION SWITCH
REMOTE M1F : FAN MOTOR X1M : TERMINAL STRIP
CONTROL 100°C
M1S : SWING MOTOR
3D033909D
2.1.4 Floor Standing Type

FVK(X)S25/35/50BVMB, FVXS35/50BVMA
PCB3 3.15A X1M 1

H1 2→
S26 S25 BLK 1
S2W(4) FU H2 WHT 2 3
RED outdoor
S4W 3
GRN/
TRANSMISSION H3 YLW
INFRARED PCB2 FIELD WIRING.
CIRCUIT
REMOTE PCB1
S7 S8
CONTROL PCB4 FG : PROTECTIVE EARTH
S24 S23 S201 S202 Fu : FUSE
H1P H2P H3P H1P, H2P, H3P : PILOT LAMP
L1S : LIMIT SWITCH
S1W SIGNAL S203 S204 M1F, M2F : FAN MOTOR
RECEIVER
M1S : SWING MOTOR
M2S : LOWER AIR OUTLET MOTOR
S6 S21 HA S301 S43 PCB1~ PCB4 : PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
M M R1T, R2T : THERMISTOR
M1S M1F
S6~ S302 : CONNECTOR
(UPPER FAN MOTOR)
S41 S1W : OPERATION SWITCH
S302 S44 S2W(4) : UPWARD AIR FLOW LIMIT SWITCH
M
M2S S31 S32 M S4W : AIR OUTLET SELECTION SWITCH
M2F
(LOWER FAN MOTOR) X1M : TERMINAL STRIP
L1S
S42
indoor R1T
R2T
3D034713B
Appendix 275
2.2 Outdoor Units

2.2.1 Cooling only
2MKD58BVM
POWER SUPPLY GRN

~ 50Hz 220-240V Z3C YLW FU201 7
GRN L1R MID2 RED
~ 60Hz 220-230V YLW 3.15A M1F
X1M HE Z1C BLU 1M
FIELD WIRING ORG ORG P1 S70 BRN
E MRM20 + + + ORG
DB1 L1 L2 P1 1 WHT
FU1 HL AC1 MRM10 H1 Z2C + N1 N1
L RED YLW ~ RED + P2
30A SA1 P2 M1C
X11A
TO INDOOR UNIT TB6 W U
N V3 HN AC2 CT1 H2 W BLU RED
~- SPM TB5 M
BLK BLU BLK - V V
YLW
V
YLW 3 ~ N
V2 TB4 U
ROOM A CN11 U RED BLU W
X2M N
1 BRN BRN
S15 R12T
1 1 MID1 FU2
1 1 CN14 10 1 S72 8 1 S34 10 Q1L
2 2 3.15A
3 t° 5
3 V5
5
WHT
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BRN
RED
BRN
RED
GRY
YLW
ORG
BLU
BLU
BLK
BLK
ROOM B X3M
S11 S10
1 WHT 1
1 1 S91 S32 S31
2 2 1 3 1 5 1 9 1 8 1 10 1 S40 4
WHT S71 S33
3 3
1 8
MRC W
WHT
MRD
MRB S80 PCB S6
7 WHT 7
A B
1 S51 12 1 S101 5 1 9 1 S20 6 1 S21 6 1 S90 6 1 S92 8 1 S93 9
WHT
WHT
GRY
GRY
ORG
ORG
BRN
RED
BRN
RED
YLW
YLW
WHT
RED
GRN
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLK
BLU
BLU
BLK
BLK
t° t° t° t° t°
1 S52 12 1 S102 5 M M
S2 R3T R2T R1T R8T R9T
H5P H4P H3P H2P H1P Y1E Y2E
S2W S5W S1W S3W S4W (OUTDOOR) (DISCHARGE) (ROOM-A) (ROOM-B)
(CONDENSER) (GAS PIPE)
Z1C~Z3C : FERRITE CORE L : LIVE
X1M~X3M : TERMINAL STRIP N : NEUTRAL
Y1E~Y2E : ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE COIL S1W : FORCED OPERATION ON/OFF SW (SW1)
V2~V5 : VARISTOR S2W : SELECT SW (SW2)
FU1, FU2, FU201 : FUSE S3W : WIRING ERROR CHECK SW (SW3)
HE, HL, HN S4W : PRIORITY ROOM SETTING SW (SW4)
E, AC1, AC2 S5W : NIGHT QUIET MODE SETTING SW (SW5)
H1, H2, L1 SA1 : SURGE ARRESTER
L2, : CONNECTOR PCB : PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD ASSIGNMENTS OF
MRM10, MRM20 DB1 : DIODE BRIDGE TERMINALS OF THE COMP.
MRB, MRD M1C : COMPRESSOR MOTOR U
MRC/W : MAGNETIC RELAY
R1T~R12T : THERMISTOR M1F : FAN MOTOR
L1R : REACTOR V N
S2~S102 : CONNECTOR
H1P~H5P : PILOT LAMP Q1L : OVERLOAD PROTECTOR W
MID1~MID2 : MOLDED INTER CONNECT DEVICE SPM : SYSTEM POWER MODULE 3D034318C
CT1 : CURRENT TRANSFORMER
3MKD58/75BVM, 3MKD75BVMA
POWER SUPPLY GRN

~ 50Hz 220-240V Z3C YLW FU201 7
GRN L1R MID2 RED
~ 60Hz 220-230V YLW 3.15A M1F
X1M HE Z1C M
BLU 1~
E MRM20 + + + ORG
DB1 L1 L2 P1 1 WHT
HL AC1 MRM10 H1 Z2C N1
FU1 + N1
30A SA1 P2 M1C
W X11A
TO INDOOR UNIT CT1 TB6 U
N V3 HN AC2 H2 W BLU RED
BLK BLU
~ -
BLK -
SPM V
TB5 V
YLW YLW
V M N
V2 TB4 U 3~
X2M N
1 BRN BRN
1 MID1 S15 R12T
1 1 FU2
2 3.15A 1 CN14 10 1 S72 8 1 S34 10 Q1L
2 5
3 3 t°
V5
5
WHT
ORG
BRN
RED
BRN
RED
YLW
BLU
BLU
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
GRY
ROOM B X3M
S11 S10
1
1 1 WHT 1 S91 S32 S31
2 2 WHT 1 3 1 5 1 9 1 8 1 10 1 4
3 3 S71 S33 S40
WHT 1 8
MRC W
MRD
MRB
ROOM C X4M
S80 PCB S6
WHT 7
7 A B C
1 S51 12 1 S101 5 1 9 1 S20 6 1 S21 6 1 S22 6 1 S90 6 1 S92 8 1 S93 9
1 1
2 2
3 3
WHT
WHT
ORG
WHT
ORG
WHT
ORG
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
GRN
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLK
BLK
BLK
RED
BRN
RED
BRN
RED
BRN
RED
BRN
GRY
GRY
YLW
YLW
YLW
t° t° t° t° t° t°
1 S52 12 1 S102 5 M M M
S2 R3T R2T R1T R8T R9T R10T
H5P H4P H3P H2P H1P Y1E Y2E Y3E
S2W S5W S1W S3W S4W (OUTDOOR) (DISCHARGE) (ROOM-A) (ROOM-C)
(CONDENSER) (ROOM-B)
X1M~X4M : TERMINAL STRIP N : NEUTRAL (GAS PIPE)
MRC/W : MAGNETIC RELAY M1F : FAN MOTOR
R1T~R12T : THERMISTOR L1R : REACTOR V N
S2~S102 : CONNECTOR Q1L : OVERLOAD PROTECTOR
H1P~H5P : PILOT LAMP SPM : SYSTEM POWER MODULE W
MID1~MID2 : MOLDED INTER CONNECT DEVICE CT1 : CURRENT TRANSFORMER 3D034317C
276 Appendix
4MKD75/90BVM, 4MKD90BVMA
POWER SUPPLY GRN
Z3C YLW FU201 7
~ 50Hz 220-240V GRN L1R MID2 RED
~ 60Hz 220-230V YLW 3.15A M1F
X1M HE Z1C 1
M
BLU
E MRM20 + + + ORG
DB1 L1 L2 P1 1 WHT
FU1 HL AC1 MRM10 H1 Z2C + N1
N1
30A SA1 P2 M1C
W X11A
TO INDOOR UNIT TB6 U
N V3 HN AC2 CT1 H2 W BLU RED
~- - SPM TB5 V V M N
BLK BLU BLK V YLW YLW
V2 TB4 U 3~
X2M N
1 BRN BRN
S15 R12T
1 1 MID1 FU2
1 3.15A 1 CN14 10 1 S72 8 1 S34 10 Q1L
2 2
t° 5
3 3 V5
5
GRY
WHT
BRN
BLU
YLW
BLU
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
RED
RED
BRN
ORG
ROOM B X3M
S11 S10
1
1 1 WHT 1 S91 S32 S31
2 2 1 3 1 5 1 9 1 8 1 10 1 4
WHT S71 S33 S40
3 3
MRC W
WHT 1 8
MRD
MRB
ROOM C S80 PCB S6
X4M WHT 7
7 A B C D
1 1 1 S51 12 1 S101 5 1 9 1 S20 6 1 S21 6 1 S22 6 1 S23 6 1 S90 6 1 S92 8 1 S93 9
2 2
3 3 WHT
WHT
WHT
WHT
WHT
RED
GRN
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
GRY
GRY
BRN
RED
BRN
RED
BRN
RED
BRN
RED
BRN
RED
YLW
YLW
YLW
YLW
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLK
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLK
BLK
ROOM D X5M
t° t° t° t° t° t° t°
1 1 1 S52 12 1 S102 5 M M M M
2 2 S2 R3T R2T R1T R8T R9T R10T R11T
3 3 H5P H4P H3P H2P H1P Y1E Y2E Y3E Y4E
S2W S5W S1W S3W S4W (OUTDOOR) (DISCHARGE) (ROOM-A) (ROOM-C)
(CONDENSER) (ROOM-B) (ROOM-D)
X1M~X5M : TERMINAL STRIP N : NEUTRAL (GAS PIPE)
MID1~MID2 : MOLDED INTER CONNECT DEVICE CT1 : CURRENT TRANSFORMER 3D034848D
3MKS50BVMB(8)
POWER SUPPLY GRN
~ 50Hz 220-240V GRN Z3C YLW L1R MID2 FU201 7
RED M1F
~ 60Hz 220-230V YLW 3.15A
X1M HE Z1C BLU
M
1
E MRM20 DB1 L1 L2 P1 + + + ORG
Z2C N1 1 WHT
FU1 HL AC1 MRM10 H1 + N1
L L RED YLW ~ RED + P2
N 30A SA1 P2 M1C
CT1 H2 TB6 W 1 U
V3 HN AC2 W
~-
N SPM BLU RED
TO INDOOR UNIT BLK BLU BLK - TB5 V V
YLW M
N
V2 V YLW
3
CN11 TB4 U
ROOM A X2M U RED BLU
1 N BRN BRN
W
S15 R12T 4
1 1 MID1 FU2
1 1 CN14 10 1 S72 8 1 S34 10 Q1L
2 2 3.15A 5
3 3 V5 t°
5
WHT
ORG
BLK
BLK
GRY
BRN
RED
BRN
RED
YLW
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLU
BLU
ROOM B X3M S11 S10

1 1 WHT 1
1 S91 S32 S31
2 2 WHT 1 3 1 5 1 9 1 8 1 10 1 4
3 S71 S33
3
1 8 S40
MRC W
WHT S80
MRD
MRB
ROOM C PCB S6
X4M 7 WHT 7 A B C
1 1 S51 12 1 S101 5 1 9 1 S20 6 1 S21 6 1 S22 6 1 S90 6 1 S92 8 1 S93 9
1
2 2
3 3
WHT
GRY
GRY
GRY
BRN
YLW
GRN
RED
BLU
WHT
ORG
WHT
ORG
WHT
ORG
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BRN
RED
BRN
RED
BRN
RED
YLW
YLW
YLW
BLK
BLU
BLU
BLU
t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t°
1 S52 12 1 S102 5 M M M
S2 R3T R2T R1T R8T R9T R10T R4T R5T R6T
H5P H4P H3P H2P H1P Y1E Y2E Y3E
S2W S5W S1W S3W S4W (OUTDOOR) (DISCHARGE) (ROOM-A) (ROOM-C) (ROOM-A) (ROOM-C)
(CONDENSER) (ROOM-B) (ROOM-B)
X1M~X4M : TERMINAL STRIP N : NEUTRAL (GAS PIPE) (LIQUID PIPE)
S2~S102, CN11, CN14 : CONNECTOR Q1L : OVERLOAD PROTECTOR
MID1~MID2 : MOLDED INTER CONNECT DEVICE CT1 : CURRENT TRANSFORMER 3D038533A
Appendix 277
4MKS58BVMB(8), 4MKS75BVMB, 4MKS90BVMB
POWER SUPPLY GRN

~ 50Hz 220-240V FU201 7
GRN Z3C YLW L1R MID2 RED
~ 60Hz 220-230V M1F
YLW 3.15A M
X1M HE Z1C BLU 1
MRM20 + + + ORG
E DB1 L1 L2 P1 1 WHT
FU1 HL AC1 MRM10 H1 Z2C + N1
L N1
RED YLW ~ RED + P2 M1C
30A SA1 P2 X11A
TO INDOOR UNIT CT1 H2 TB6 W U
SPM W
N V3 HN AC2 BLU RED
BLK BLU ~- BLK - V
TB5 V YLW
V
YLW M
N
V2 TB4 U 3
ROOM A X2M CN11 U RED BLU W
1 N BRN BRN
MID1 S15
1 1 FU2 R12T Q1L
1 1 CN14 10 1 S72 8 1 S34 10
2 2 3.15A 5
3 3 t°
V5
5
BLK
WHT
ORG
GRY
BRN
RED
BRN
RED
YLW
ROOM B
BLU
BLU
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
X3M S11 S10
1 1
1 1 WHT S91 S32 S31
2 2 WHT 1 3 1 5 1 9 1 S71 8 1 S33 10 1 4
3 3 S40
1 8
MRC W
WHT
MRD
MRB
ROOM C S80 PCB S6
X4M WHT 7 A B C D
7 S51
1 1 1 12 1 S101 5 1 9 1 S20 6 1 S21 6 1 S22 6 1 S23 6 1 S90 6 1 S92 8 1 S93 9
2 2
3 3 WHT
BLU
GRY
GRY
BRN
RED
GRY
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
GRN
YLW
WHT
ORG
BRN
RED
WHT
ORG
BRN
RED
WHT
ORG
BRN
RED
WHT
ORG
BRN
RED
YLW
YLW
YLW
YLW
RED
BLU
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLK
ROOM D X5M
t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t°
1 1 1 S52 12 1 S102 5 M M M M
2 2 S2 R3T R2T R1T R8T R9T R10T R11T R4T R5T R6T R7T
3 3 H5P H4P H3P H2P H1P Y1E Y2E Y3E Y4E (OUTDOOR) (DISCHARGE) (ROOM-A) (ROOM-C) (ROOM-A) (ROOM-C)
S2W S5W S1W S3W S4W
(CONDENSER) (ROOM-B) (ROOM-D) (ROOM-B) (ROOM-D)
MID1~MID2 : MOLDED INTER CONNECT DEVICE CT1 : CURRENT TRANSFORMER 3D034315C
278 Appendix
2.2.2 Heat Pump

3MXD68BVMA, 3MXS52BVMB(8), 3AMXS52BVMB
POWER SUPPLY GRN
MID2 FU201 7
~ 50Hz 220-240V GRN Z3C YLW L1R RED M1F
~ 60Hz 220-230V YLW 3.15A
X1M HE Z1C BLU 1M
E MRM20 + + + ORG
DB1 L1 L2 P1 1 WHT
L RED YLW ~ RED + P2 M1C
30A SA1 P2 X11A
TO INDOOR UNIT CT1 TB6 W U
N V3 HN AC2 H2 ~ - BLK SPM W TB5
BLU RED
N
YLW 3M
V V
BLK BLU - V YLW
V2 U TB4 U
ROOM A X2M CN11 RED BLU
W
1 N BRN BRN
MID1 S15 R12T
1 1 FU2 S72
2 2
1 1 CN14 10 1 8 1 S34 10 Q1L
3.15A 5
3 3 V5 t°
5
WHT
ORG
GRY
BRN
RED
BRN
RED
YLW
BLU
BLU
ROOM B
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
X3M S11 S10
1 WHT 1
1 1 S91 S32 S31
2 2 WHT 1 3 1 5 1 9 1 S71 8 1 S33 10 1 4
3 3 S40
MRC W
1 8
MRD
PCB
MRB
WHT
ROOM C X4M S80 B C S6
7 WHT 7 A
S51 S101 S20 S21 S22 S90 S92 S93
1 1 1 12 1 5 1 9 1 6 1 6 1 6 1 6 1 8 1 9
2 2
3 3
WHT
WHT
ORG
WHT
ORG
WHT
ORG
GRN
GRY
GRY
GRY
RED
BRN
RED
BRN
RED
BRN
RED
BRN
YLW
YLW
YLW
YLW
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t°
1 S52 12 1S102 5 M M M
S2 Y1S Y1R
R3T R2T R1T R8T R9T R10T R4T R5T R6T
H5PH4PH3PH2PH1P Y1E Y2E Y3E (OUTDOOR) (DISCHARGE)(ROOM-A) (ROOM-C) (ROOM-A) (ROOM-C)
S2W S5W S1W S3W S4W (CONDENSER) (ROOM-B) (ROOM-B)
Z1C~Z3C : FERRITE CORE L : LIVE (GAS PIPE) (LIQUID PIPE)
V2~V5 : VARISTOR S2W : FORCED OPERATION MODE SELECT SW (SW2)
HE, HL, HN S4W : PRIORITY ROOM SETTING SW (SW4) MID1~MID2 : MOLDED INTER CONNECT DEVICE
S5W : NIGHT QUIET MODE SETTING SW (SW5)
E, AC1, AC2 SA1 : SURGE ARRESTER SPM : SYSTEM POWER MODULE
H1, H2, L1 Y1R : REVERSING SOLENOID VALVE COIL
L2, : CONNECTOR Y1S : DEFROST SOLENOID VALVE COIL
MRM10, MRM20 PCB : PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
ASSIGNMENTS OF
MRB, MRD DB1 : DIODE BRIDGE TERMINALS OF THE COMP.
MRC/W : MAGNETIC RELAY M1C : COMPRESSOR MOTOR U
S2~S102 : CONNECTOR L1R : REACTOR V N
H1P~H5P : PILOT LAMP Q1L : OVERLOAD PROTECTOR
CT1 : CURRENT TRANSFORMER W 3D034314E
4MXD80BVMA, 4MXS68/80BVMB9
POWER SUPPLY GRN FU201 7
~ 50Hz 220-240V GRN Z3C YLW MID2 RED
~ 60Hz 220-230V
L1R M1F
YLW 3.15A
X1M HE Z1C BLU 1M
MRM20 + + + ORG
E DB1 L1 L2P1 1 WHT
L RED YLW ~ RED + P2 M1C
30A SA1 P2 X11A
TO INDOOR UNIT AC2 CT1 W TB6 W RED U
N V3 HN H2 ~ - BLK SPM BLU
BLK BLU - V TB5 V YLW YLW
V M N
TB4 U 3
ROOM A V2 CN11 U RED BLU
X2M N W
S15 1 BRN BRN
1 1 MID1 FU2 R12T Q1L
2 2
1
3.15A 1 CN14 10 1 S72 8 1 S34 10
3 t° 5
3 V5
5
BLK
WHT
ORG
GRY
BRN
RED
BRN
RED
YLW
ROOM B
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLU
BLU
BLK
BLK
X3M S11 S10

1 WHT 1
1 1 S91 S32 S31
2 2 WHT 1 3 1 5 1 9 1 S71 8 1 S33 10 1 4
3 3 S40
MRC W
1 8
MRD
MRB
WHT
ROOM C S80 PCB S6
X4M WHT 7 A B C D
7 S101
1 S51 12 1 5 1 9 1 S20 6 1 S21 6 1 S22 6 1 S23 6 1 S90 6 1 S92 8 1 S93 9
1 1
2 2
3 3
WHT
WHT
ORG
WHT
ORG
WHT
ORG
WHT
ORG
GRN
GRY
GRY
GRY
RED
BRN
RED
BRN
RED
BRN
RED
BRN
RED
BRN
RED
YLW
YLW
YLW
YLW
YLW
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
ROOM D X5M
t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t°
1 1 1 S52 12 1 S102 5 M M M M
2 2 S2 Y1S Y1R
R3T R2T R1T R8TR9TR10TR11T R4T R5T R6T R7T
3 3 H5PH4PH3PH2PH1P Y1E Y2E Y3E Y4E (OUTDOOR)(DISCHARGE) (ROOM-A) (ROOM-C) (ROOM-A) (ROOM-C)
S2W S5W S1W S3W S4W
(CONDENSER) (ROOM-B) (ROOM-D) (ROOM-B) (ROOM-D)
V2~V5 : VARISTOR S2W : FORCED OPERATION MODE SELECT SW (SW2)
HE, HL, HN S4W : PRIORITY ROOM SETTING SW (SW4) MID1~MID2 : MOLDED INTER CONNECT DEVICE
S5W : NIGHT QUIET MODE SETTING SW (SW5) SPM : SYSTEM POWER MODULE
E, AC1, AC2 SA1 : SURGE ARRESTER
H1, H2, L1 Y1R : REVERSING SOLENOID VALVE COIL
L2, : CONNECTOR Y1S : DEFROST SOLENOID VALVE COIL
MRM10, MRM20 PCB : PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD ASSIGNMENTS OF
MRB, MRD DB1 : DIODE BRIDGE TERMINALS OF THE COMP.
MRC/W : MAGNETIC RELAY M1C : COMPRESSOR MOTOR
R1T~R12T : THERMISTOR M1F : FAN MOTOR U
S2~S102 : CONNECTOR L1R : REACTOR
Q1L : OVERLOAD PROTECTOR V N
H1P~H5P : PILOT LAMP
CT1 : CURRENT TRANSFORMER W 3D034312D
Appendix 279
4MXS80CVMA
GRN
Z3C MID2 FU201 7
GRN YLW L1R RED M1F
YLW 3.15A
M
X1M HE Z1C BLU 1
MRM20 + + + ORG
E DB1 L1 L2 P1 1 WHT
30A SA1 P2 X11A M1C
TO INDOOR UNIT CT1 H2 W TB6 W BLU RED U
N V3 HN AC2 ~- SPM V TB5 V V N
BLK BLU BLK - YLW YLW M
V2 TB4 U 3
ROOM A X2M CN11 U RED BLU
N W
S15 1 BRN BRN
1 1 MID1 FU2 R12T CN14 10 S72 Q1L
1 1 1 8 1 S34 10
2 2 3.15A 5
3 3 V5 t°
5
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
WHT
GRY
BLK
ORG
RED
RED
YLW
BRN
BRN
BLU
BLU
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
ROOM B X3M S11 S10
1 1 WHT 1
1 S91 S32 S31
2 2 WHT 1 3 1 5 1 9 1 8 1 10 1 4
3 3 S71 S33 S40
MRC W
WHT PCB 1 8
MRB
MRD
ROOM C S80 S6
X4M WHT 7 A B C D
7 S51
1 1 1 12 1 S101 5 1 9 1 S20 6 1 S21 6 1 S22 6 1 S23 6 1 S90 6 1 S92 8 1 S93 9
2 2
3 3 WHT
BLU
BLU
GRN
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLK
BLK
WHT
ORG
WHT
ORG
WHT
ORG
WHT
ORG
BLK
RED
BRN
RED
BRN
RED
BRN
RED
BRN
RED
YLW
YLW
YLW
YLW
GRY
GRY
GRY
BRN
RED
YLW
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLK
BLK
BLK
ROOM D X5M
t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t°
1 1 1 S52 12 1 S102 5 M M M M
2 2 S2 Y1S Y1R
R3T R2TR1T R8T R9T R10TR11T R4TR5TR6TR7T
3 H5P H4P H3P H2P H1P Y1E Y2E Y3E Y4E (OUTDOOR) (DISCHARGE) (ROOM-A)(ROOM-C) (ROOM-A)(ROOM-C)
3 S2W S5W S1W S3W S4W
(CONDENSER) (ROOM-B)(ROOM-D) (ROOM-B)(ROOM-D)
Z1C~Z3C : FERRITE CORE L : LIVE (GAS PIPE) (LIQUID PIPE)
Y1E~Y4E : ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE COIL S1W : FORCED OPERATION ON/OFF SW (SW1) MID1~MID2 : MOLDED INTER CONNECT DEVICE
V2~V5 : VARISTOR S2W : FORCED OPERATION MODE SELECT SW (SW2) SPM : SYSTEM POWER MODULE
S4W : PRIORITY ROOM SETTING SW (SW4)
HE, HL, HN S5W : NIGHT QUIET MODE SETTING SW (SW5)
E, AC1, AC2 SA1 : SURGE ARRESTER
H1, H2, L1 Y1R : REVERSING SOLENOID VALVE COIL ASSIGNMENTS OF
L2, : CONNECTOR Y1S : DEFROST SOLENOID VALVE COIL TERMINALS OF THE COMP.
MRM10, MRM20 PCB : PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD U
MRB, MRD DB1 : DIODE BRIDGE
MRC/W : MAGNETIC RELAY M1C : COMPRESSOR MOTOR V N
S2~S102 : CONNECTOR L1R : REACTOR W
H1P~H5P : PILOT LAMP Q1L : OVERLOAD PROTECTOR 3D046413
CT1 : CURRENT TRANSFORMER
280 Appendix
SiE12-411
Index
Numerics e7 ......................................................................... 183
3 minutes stand-by..................................................91 e8 ......................................................................... 184
3-d airflow................................................................72 ea ......................................................................... 186
electrical box ................................................ 220, 241
A electrical box temperature rise ............................. 194
a1 ..........................................................................169 electronic expansion valve ................................... 232
a5 ..................................................................170, 179 electronic expansion valve check......................... 205
a6 ..................................................................172, 173 electronic expansion valve coil............................. 250
address setting jumper..........................58, 61, 63, 64 electronic expansion valve control ......................... 96
adjusting the air flow direction...............................129 error codes and description of fault ...................... 166
air purifying filter......................................................81
air purifying filter with photocatalytic deodorizing F
function ............................................................81 f3 .......................................................................... 188
anti-icing function in other rooms ..........................203 fan control .............................................................. 94
arc433a series.......................................................165 fan motor ...................................................... 230, 248
auto · dry · cool · heat · fan operation....................127 fan motor connector output check ........................ 204
automatic air flow control ........................................73 fan motor or related abnormality
automatic operation.................................................75 dc motor......................................................... 173
auto-restart function ................................................82 fan motor or related abnormality
auto-swing...............................................................72 ac motor......................................................... 172
fan speed control.................................................... 73
B fan speed setting .................................. 58, 61, 63, 64
buzzer pcb...............................................................62 forced operation mode ......................................... 102
four way valve .............................................. 236, 252
C four way valve abnormality................................... 186
c4 ..........................................................................175 four way valve coil ................................................ 250
c7 ..........................................................................176 four way valve operation compensation ................. 91
c9 ..........................................................................175 four way valve performance check....................... 206
capacitor voltage check.........................................211 four way valve switching ........................................ 91
care and cleaning..................................................147 freeze-up protection control ........................... 93, 179
centralized control .................................58, 61, 63, 64 freeze-up protection control or high
compressor ...................................................238, 254 pressure control ............................................ 170
compressor lock ....................................................182 frequency control.................................................... 89
compressor overload.............................................181 frequency principle ................................................. 70
compressor protection function ...............................91 fu ............................................................................ 66
connection pipe condensation fu1 .......................................................................... 61
preventing function.........................................105 functions ................................................................... 2
control pcb...............................62, 63, 64, 67, 68, 246 fuse ........................................................................ 61
controller pcb.........................................................229
cooling / heating mode lock...................................106 G
ct or related abnormality........................................190 gas pipe isothermal control during cooling ............. 98
gas pipe thermistor................... 84, 86, 229, 242, 251
D
dc fan lock .............................................................183 H
defrost control .........................................................95 h6 ......................................................................... 189
discharge pipe.........................................................98 h8 ......................................................................... 190
discharge pipe control .............................................92 h9 ......................................................................... 192
discharge pipe temperature control.......................188 ha ........................................................................... 61
discharge pipe thermistor....................84, 86, 99, 251 hall ic ...................................................... 73, 172, 173
discharge pressure check .....................................209 hall ic check.......................................................... 213
display pcb ............................................62, 63, 65, 67 heat exchanger thermistor ................................... 251
heating peak-cut control ......................................... 93
E home leave operation............................................. 79
e5 ..........................................................................181 home leaveoperation............................................ 137
e6 ..........................................................................182 hot start function..................................................... 81
Index i
SiE12-411
I outdoor heat exchanger thermistor .................. 84, 86

indoor heat exchanger thermistor .....................85, 87 outdoor unit fan system check (with dc motor)..... 209
indoor liquid pipe thermistor ....................................85 outdoor unit silent operation ................................. 136
indoor unit pcb abnormality ...................................169 outer panels ................................................. 216, 240
input current control ................................................92 output over current detection ............................... 198
input over current detection...................................184 over current .......................................................... 101
installation condition check ...................................208 overload ............................................................... 101
insufficient gas ......................................................200 overload relay....................................................... 242
insufficient gas control...........................................101
intelligent eye ..........................................................77 P
intelligent eye operation ........................................139 p4 ......................................................................... 192
intelligent eye sensor ............................................258 pcb ............................................................... 227, 245
intelligent eye sensor pcb........................................62 photocatalytic deodorizing filter .............................. 81
inverter pcb ...................................................229, 247 pi control................................................................. 90
inverter powerful operation......................................80 piping diagrams .................................................... 260
inverter units refrigerant system check .................210 position sensor abnormality ................................. 189
power failure recovery function ............ 58, 61, 63, 64
J power supply pcb ............................................. 65, 66
j3 ...........................................................................192 power supply waveforms check ........................... 210
j4 ...........................................................................257 power transistor check ......................................... 211
j6 ...........................................................................192 power-airflow dual flaps ......................................... 72
j8 ...........................................................................192 powerful operation................................................ 135
j9 ...........................................................................192 powerful operation mode...................................... 105
ja ...................................................58, 61, 63, 64, 257 preheating operation .............................................. 91
jb ...................................................58, 61, 63, 64, 257 preparation before operation ................................ 124
jc....................................................58, 61, 63, 64, 257 preventing indoor freezing.................................... 102
jumper setting........................................................257 printed circuit board connector wiring diagram....... 58
priority room setting.............................................. 105
L problem symptoms and measures ....................... 164
l3 ...........................................................................194 programme dry function ......................................... 74
l4 ...........................................................................196 propeller fans ....................................................... 219
l5 ...........................................................................198
led1 .......................................................58, 61, 63, 64 R
led11 .......................................................................66 radiation fin temperature rise ............................... 196
led12 .......................................................................66 reactor .................................................................. 233
led14 .......................................................................66 rth1 ......................................................................... 61
led2 .......................................................58, 61, 63, 64
led3 .......................................................58, 61, 63, 64 S
limit switch continuity check ..................................204 s1 ............................................................... 58, 61, 63
liquid pipe thermistor .............................229, 242, 251 s20 ................................................. 68, 222, 229, 242
low hz high pressure limit........................................95 s201 ....................................................................... 66
low-voltage detection ............................................202 s202 ....................................................................... 66
s203 ....................................................................... 66
M s204 ....................................................................... 66
main circuit electrolytic capacitor check ................212 s21 ................... 58, 61, 63, 64, 66, 68, 222, 229, 242
main structural parts................................................83 s22 ................................................. 68, 222, 229, 242
mode hierarchy .......................................................88 s23 ........................................... 66, 68, 222, 229, 242
moisture protection function 2 .................................94 s24 ................................................................... 64, 66
mold proof air filter ..................................................81 s25 ................................................................... 64, 66
s26 ................................................. 58, 61, 63, 64, 66
N s27 ............................................................. 58, 61, 64
names of parts ......................................................112 s28 ......................................................................... 61
night set mode.........................................................76 s29 ......................................................................... 61
note for multi system .............................................145 s301 ....................................................................... 66
s302 ....................................................................... 66
O s31 ............................................. 64, 66, 68, 229, 246
oil recovery function ................................................98 s32 ........................... 58, 61, 63, 64, 66, 68, 229, 246
ol activation ...........................................................181 s33 ......................................................... 68, 229, 246
on/off button on indoor unit .....................................81 s35 ................................................................... 58, 61
operation lamp ......................................................162 s36 ................................................................... 61, 64
outdoor air thermistor ............................................251 s37 ................................................................... 61, 64
ii Index
SiE12-411
s38 ..........................................................................61 W
s40 ..................................................68, 223, 229, 242 wide-angle louvers ................................................. 72
s6 ..........................................................58, 61, 64, 66 wiring diagrams .................................................... 273
s7 ..........................................................58, 63, 64, 66 wiring-error check................................................. 103
s70 ........................................................................230
s71 ..........................................................68, 229, 246
s8 ................................................................61, 64, 66
s80 ..................................................68, 222, 229, 242
s90 ..........................................68, 223, 229, 242, 251
s92 ..........................................68, 223, 229, 242, 251
s93 ..........................................68, 222, 229, 242, 251
sc control.................................................................99
self-diagnosis digital display....................................82
sensor malfunction detection ................................101
service check function...........................................165
service monitor pcb ...............................229, 245, 247
shunt .....................................................235, 252, 253
shutter drive motor /
shutter limit switch abnormality ......................176
signal receiver pcb ......................................62, 65, 67
signal receiving sign................................................81
signal transmission error
(between indoor and
outdoor units) .................................................177
solenoid valve .......................................236, 252, 253
solenoid valve coil .................................................250
sound insulation ............................................233, 249
specifications...........................................................18
sw1..............................................................61, 63, 64
sw2..........................................................................64
sw7..........................................................................58
T
target discharge pipe temperature control ..............99
test run from the remote controller ........................256
thermistor ......................................229, 232, 242, 250
thermistor or related abnormality (indoor unit) ......175
thermistor or related abnormality (outdoor unit) ....192
thermistor resistance check ..................................207
timer operation ......................................................143
troubleshooting......................................................157
troubleshooting
indoor units .....................................................167
outdoor units ...................................................168
troubleshooting with the led indication ..................163
troubleshooting with the operation lamp ...............162
turning speed pulse input on the
outdoor unit pcb check...................................212
U
u0 ..........................................................................200
u2 ..........................................................................202
u4 ..........................................................................177
ua ..................................................................178, 203
uh ..........................................................................203
unspecified voltage (between indoor and
outdoor units) .........................................178, 203
V
v1 ....................................................58, 61, 63, 64, 66
voltage detection function .....................................105
Index iii
SiE12-411
iv Index
SiE12-411
Drawings & Flow Charts

A input over current detection.................................. 184
anti-icing function in other rooms ..........................203 installation condition check .................................. 208
automatic air flow control ........................................73 insufficient gas ..................................................... 200
automatic operation.................................................75 insufficient gas control.......................................... 101
auto-swing...............................................................72 intelligent eye ......................................................... 77
intelligent eye sensor pcb....................................... 62
B inverter features ..................................................... 71
buzzer pcb...............................................................62 inverter powerful operation..................................... 80
inverter units refrigerant system check................. 210
C
capacitor voltage check.........................................211 L
compressor lock ....................................................182 limit switch continuity check ................................. 204
compressor overload.............................................181 location of operation lamp .................................... 162
compressor protection function ...............................91 low hz high pressure limit ....................................... 95
control pcb............................................ 63, 64, 67, 68 low-voltage detection ........................................... 202
control pcb (indoor unit) ..........................................62
cooling / heating mode lock...................................106 M
ct or related abnormality........................................190 main circuit electrolytic capacitor check ............... 212
main structural parts............................................... 83
D mode hierarchy ...................................................... 88
dc fan lock .............................................................183
defrost control .........................................................95 N
discharge pipe control .............................................92 night set mode........................................................ 76
discharge pipe temperature control.......................188
discharge pressure check .....................................209 O
display pcb ........................................... 62, 63, 65, 67 ol activation .......................................................... 181
on/off button on indoor unit .................................... 81
E outdoor unit fan system check (with dc motor)..... 209
electrical box temperature rise ..............................194 output over current detection ............................... 198
electronic expansion valve check..........................205
electronic expansion valve control ..........................96 P
pcb ......................................................................... 59
F pcb detail ................................................................ 60
fan motor connector output check.........................204 piping diagrams .................................................... 260
fan motor or related abnormality position sensor abnormality ................................. 189
ac motor..........................................................172 power supply pcb ............................................. 65, 66
dc motor..........................................................173 power supply waveforms check ........................... 210
four way valve abnormality....................................186 power transistor check ......................................... 211
four way valve performance check........................206 priority room setting.............................................. 105
freeze-up protection control ........................... 93, 179 programme dry function ......................................... 74
freeze-up protection control or
high pressure control .....................................170 R
frequency control.....................................................89 radiation fin temperature rise ............................... 196
frequency principle ..................................................70
function of thermistor...............................................84 S
cooling only model ............................................86 shutter drive motor /
heat pump model ..............................................84 shutter limit switch abnormality ..................... 176
signal receiver pcb ..................................... 62, 65, 67
H signal transmission error (between indoor and outdoor
heating peak-cut control..........................................93 units) ............................................................. 177
home leave operation..............................................79
T
I target discharge pipe temperature control ............. 99
indoor unit pcb abnormality ...................................169 thermistor or related abnormality (indoor unit) ..... 175
input current control ................................................92 thermistor or related abnormality (outdoor unit) ... 192
Drawings & Flow Charts v

SiE12-411
thermistor resistance check ..................................207

troubleshooting with the led indication ..................163
turning speed pulse input on the
outdoor unit pcb check...................................212
U
unspecified voltage (between indoor and
outdoor units) ........................................ 178, 203
W
wiring diagrams .....................................................273
wiring-error check..................................................103
vi Drawings & Flow Charts

Daikin Europe N.V. is approved by LRQA for its Quality Daikin units comply with the European regulations that
Management System in accordance with the ISO9001 guarantee the safety of the product.
standard. ISO9001 pertains to quality assurance
regarding design, development, manufacturing as well
as to services related to the product.
ISO14001 assures an effective environmental Daikin Europe N.V. participates in the Eurovent
management system in order to help protect human Certification Programme for Air Conditioners (AC),
health and the environment from the potential impact Liquid Chilling Packages (LCP) and Fan Coil Units (FC);
of our activities, products and services and to assist in the certified data of certified models are listed in the
maintaining and improving the quality of the Eurovent Directory.
environment.
Specifications are subject to change without prior notice

Prepared in Belgium by Lannoo
SiE12-411 • 03/2005
Zandvoordestraat 300
B-8400 Ostend - Belgium
www.daikineurope.com

Super Multi NX Cseries PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Super Multi NX Cseries PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Super Multi NX Cseries PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SiE12-411

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

1. Introduction ........................................................................................... vii

Part 1 List of Functions ................................................................ 1

Part 2 Specifications .................................................................. 17

Part 3 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram ........... 57

Part 4 Function and Control........................................................ 69

3.10 Defrost Control .......................................................................................95

Part 5 System Configuration..................................................... 107

Part 6 Service Diagnosis........................................................... 161

Table of Contents iii

5.16 Discharge Pipe Temperature Control...................................................188

Part 7 Removal Procedure ........................................................ 215

Part 8 Others ............................................................................. 255

Part 9 Appendix......................................................................... 259

Drawings & Flow Charts ................................................................ v

1.1.1 Caution in Repair

When disconnecting the suction or discharge pipe of the compressor at the

The step-up capacitor supplies high-voltage electricity to the electrical

Do not clean the air conditioner by splashing water.

Be sure to provide the grounding when repairing the equipment in a humid or

Do not tilt the unit when removing it.

1.1.2 Cautions Regarding Products after Repair

1.1.3 Inspection after Repair

1.1.4 Using Icons

1.1.5 Using Icons List

Warning A “warning” is used when there is danger of personal injury.

Reference A “reference” guides the reader to other places in this binder or

Operation Automatic Operation — — — Dlll-NET Compatible (Adaptor)(Option) # # #

Indoor Unit Silent Operation # — Flexible Voltage Correspondence # #

Automatic Defrosting — — Remote Control Adaptor # —

Operation Automatic Operation — — — Dlll-NET Compatible (Adaptor)(Option) # # #

Automatic Defrosting — Remote Control Adaptor —

1.1.2 R410A Series

Operation Limit for Cooling (°CDB) — — — Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter — — —

PAM Control — — — Longlife Filter — — —

Indoor Unit Silent Operation # # # Flexible Voltage Correspondence # # #

Automatic Defrosting — — — Remote Control Adaptor # # #

Operation Limit for Cooling (°CDB) –10 Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter

3-D Airflow — — — Wiring-Error Check — — #

Comfort Auto Fan Speed # # — Flexibility Multi-Split / Split Type Compatible # # —

Intelligent Eye — — — Power-Selection — — —

Hot-Start Function Remote Control Adaptor

1.2 Heat Pump Models

Operation Limit for Cooling (°CDB) — — — Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter # — —

PAM Control — — — Longlife Filter — — —

Indoor Unit Silent Operation # # # Flexible Voltage Correspondence # # #

Automatic Defrosting — — — Remote Control Adaptor # # #

Operation Automatic Operation # — Dlll-NET Compatible (Adaptor)(Option) # —

1.2.2 R410A Series

Operation Limit for Cooling (°CDB) — — — Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter — — —

PAM Control — — — Longlife Filter — — —

Indoor Unit Silent Operation # # # Flexible Voltage Correspondence # # #

Automatic Defrosting — — — Remote Control Adaptor # # #

Indoor Unit Silent Operation # # — Flexible Voltage Correspondence # # #

Operation Automatic Operation # # — Dlll-NET Compatible # # —

Inverter Powerful Operation # # —

Programme Dry Function # Dlll-NET Compatible (Adaptor) (Option) #

Inverter (with Inverter Power Control) # #